Confine vc-stay-local to CVS, because it was unusable in SVN.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobf60d6608f7e66930996d123b3fef3b249419c654
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21476 41895
69 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21476 41895
100 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21541 15655 55679
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21278 229
242 ;;;;;; 682967 799000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21417 20521 870414 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21584
841 ;;;;;; 48809 507899 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21277 37159 898165
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
982 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21584 48809 507899
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21553 6820 877466 0))
1041 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1044 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1045 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1046 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1049 kind of objects to search.
1051 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1054 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1061 variables, not just user options.
1063 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1066 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1067 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1068 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1075 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1076 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1077 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1078 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1079 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1082 noninteractive functions.
1084 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1085 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1088 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1093 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1098 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1099 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1100 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1108 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1115 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1116 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1117 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1118 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1123 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1124 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1125 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1126 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1127 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1130 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1131 names and values of properties.
1133 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1138 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1139 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1140 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1141 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1142 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1145 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1146 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1147 documentation strings.
1149 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153 ;;;***
1155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21476 41895 55661
1156 ;;;;;; 0))
1157 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1160 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1161 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1162 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1163 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1164 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1167 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1168 archive.
1170 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174 ;;;***
1176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1180 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1183 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1184 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1189 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1190 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1193 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1194 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1195 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1196 The variables are:
1198 Variables you assign:
1199 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1200 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1201 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1202 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1203 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1204 row numbers in the buffer.
1206 Variables which are calculated:
1207 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1208 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1211 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1214 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1215 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1216 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1219 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1220 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1221 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1229 between that of point and mark.
1231 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1232 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1235 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1236 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1237 newlines inside rows)
1239 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243 \(fn)" t nil)
1245 ;;;***
1247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1248 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1250 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1253 Toggle Artist mode.
1254 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1255 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1256 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258 How to quit Artist mode
1260 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1263 How to submit a bug report
1265 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1268 Drawing with the mouse:
1270 mouse-2
1271 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1272 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1273 below).
1275 mouse-1
1276 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1277 or pastes:
1279 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1282 to new point
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1299 lines
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Paste Paste Paste
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1311 or diagonally.
1313 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1314 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1315 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1316 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1317 poly-lines.
1319 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1320 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1321 overwrite means the opposite.
1323 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1324 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1325 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1330 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1333 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1334 are currently drawing something.
1336 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1337 some time to fill.
1340 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1341 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1344 Settings
1346 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1355 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1360 Drawing with keys
1362 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1363 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1364 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1365 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1366 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1367 When pasting: Pastes
1369 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1374 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1375 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1376 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1377 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1378 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1381 Arrows
1383 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1384 of the line/poly-line
1386 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1387 of the line/poly-line
1390 Selecting operation
1392 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1395 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1397 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1398 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1401 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1408 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1411 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1413 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1416 Variables
1418 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1419 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1422 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1423 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1424 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1425 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1426 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1427 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1428 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1429 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1430 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1431 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1432 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1434 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1435 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1436 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1437 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1438 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1439 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441 Hooks
1443 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1446 Keymap summary
1448 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452 ;;;***
1454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21419 62246
1455 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
1456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1459 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1460 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1463 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1468 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1471 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475 Special commands:
1476 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478 \(fn)" t nil)
1480 ;;;***
1482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21342
1483 ;;;;;; 10917 902592 0))
1484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1487 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1488 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1489 let-binding.")
1491 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493 ;;;***
1495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1496 ;;;;;; 0))
1497 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1500 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1501 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1506 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1507 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1508 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1509 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1512 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1513 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1514 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1515 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1516 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1517 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1518 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520 For example:
1521 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1522 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1523 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1524 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1525 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1532 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1533 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1536 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1541 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1547 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1548 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554 ;;;***
1556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1557 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1561 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563 \(fn)" t nil)
1565 ;;;***
1567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1568 ;;;;;; 0))
1569 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1572 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1573 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575 \(fn)" t nil)
1577 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1579 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1580 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1585 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1586 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1589 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1594 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1600 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604 ;;;***
1606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21425
1607 ;;;;;; 43779 760127 645000))
1608 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1617 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1618 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1621 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1622 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1623 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1624 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1631 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1632 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1633 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1634 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1637 directory or directories specified.
1639 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1640 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1641 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1642 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1643 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1644 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1649 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1650 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1651 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1652 should be non-nil).
1654 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656 ;;;***
1658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21315 5521 187938
1659 ;;;;;; 0))
1660 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1663 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1665 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1666 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1669 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1670 disk changes.
1672 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1674 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1679 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1682 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1689 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1690 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1693 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1694 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1695 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1696 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1699 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1700 writing before you save the file!
1702 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1707 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1710 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1715 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1719 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1724 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1726 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1727 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1730 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1731 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1734 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1735 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1736 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1737 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1740 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1741 specifies in the mode line.
1743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745 ;;;***
1747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21379 5287 607434 0))
1748 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1751 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1752 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1754 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1759 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1760 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1761 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1764 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1765 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767 Effects of the different modes:
1768 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1769 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1770 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1771 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1772 a random distance & direction.
1773 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1774 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1775 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1778 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1779 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783 ;;;***
1785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21563 42665
1786 ;;;;;; 706656 0))
1787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1792 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1795 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1796 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800 \(fn)" t nil)
1802 ;;;***
1804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
1805 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1806 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1809 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1810 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1811 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813 \(fn)" t nil)
1815 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1816 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1817 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1820 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1825 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1831 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1832 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1833 seconds.
1835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837 ;;;***
1839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1840 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1844 Time execution of FORMS.
1845 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1846 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1847 FORMS once.
1848 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1849 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1850 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1857 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1858 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1859 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1860 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1867 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1868 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1869 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1870 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874 ;;;***
1876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21414 44327
1877 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
1878 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1881 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1882 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1883 of corresponding buffers.
1884 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1885 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1886 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1887 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1888 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1891 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1892 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1897 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1902 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1903 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1904 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1907 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1908 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1909 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1910 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1913 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916 Special information:
1918 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1921 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1922 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1923 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1924 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1925 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1926 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1927 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1929 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1930 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1933 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1934 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1935 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1936 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1937 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1938 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1939 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943 ----------------------------------------------------------
1944 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1945 if that value is non-nil.
1947 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949 \(fn)" t nil)
1951 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1952 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1953 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1954 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1955 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1956 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1957 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1958 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1959 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1960 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1961 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1962 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966 ;;;***
1968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1969 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1970 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1973 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975 \(fn)" t nil)
1977 ;;;***
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1980 ;;;;;; 0))
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1984 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1987 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1988 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1993 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002 ;;;***
2004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2005 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2009 Play blackbox.
2010 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012 What is blackbox?
2014 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2015 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2016 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2017 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2018 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2019 your score.
2021 Overview of play:
2023 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2024 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2025 four.
2027 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2028 movement keys.
2030 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2031 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2034 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2037 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2038 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2039 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2040 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2041 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043 Details:
2045 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2048 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2049 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2050 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2053 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2054 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2057 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2058 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2061 example.
2063 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2064 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2065 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2066 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2067 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2068 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2069 ray.
2071 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2072 degree deflection it causes.
2075 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2078 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2086 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2099 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2100 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2101 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2102 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2103 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2104 emerging from the box.
2106 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2113 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2118 a reflection.
2120 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122 ;;;***
2124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21397 35239 170099
2125 ;;;;;; 0))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2127 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2132 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2133 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2134 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2135 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2136 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2137 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2140 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2141 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2144 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2145 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2146 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2147 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2148 recent one.
2150 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2151 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2152 yank successive words.
2154 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2155 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2156 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2157 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2158 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2161 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2162 the list of bookmarks.)
2164 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2167 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2168 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2169 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2170 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2171 this.
2173 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2174 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2175 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2176 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2179 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2182 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2183 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2188 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2193 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2196 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2197 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2202 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2205 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2212 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2213 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2214 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2217 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2218 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2221 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2222 name.
2224 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2227 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2228 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2231 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2232 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2233 this.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2238 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2241 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2242 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2243 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2244 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2245 probably because we were called from there.
2247 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2250 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2252 \(fn)" t nil)
2254 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2256 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2257 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2258 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2259 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2260 \(second argument).
2262 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2263 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2264 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2265 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2266 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2268 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2269 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2270 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2271 `bookmark-default-file'.
2273 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2275 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2276 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2277 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2278 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2279 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2280 while loading.
2282 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2283 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2284 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2285 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2286 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2287 explicitly.
2289 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2290 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2291 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2293 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2296 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2297 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2298 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2299 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2301 \(fn)" t nil)
2303 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2305 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2308 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2310 \(fn)" t nil)
2312 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2314 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2316 ;;;***
2318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21364 37926
2319 ;;;;;; 837230 0))
2320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2322 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2323 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2324 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2325 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2327 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2328 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2329 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2330 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2331 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2333 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2335 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2336 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2337 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2338 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2339 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2340 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2342 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2344 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2345 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2346 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2347 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2348 narrowed.
2350 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2353 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2355 \(fn)" t nil)
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2360 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2362 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2364 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2365 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2366 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2367 first, if that exists.
2369 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2371 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2373 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2374 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2378 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2379 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2380 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2381 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2382 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2383 to use.
2385 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2388 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2389 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2390 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2392 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2394 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2397 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2405 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2406 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2420 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2421 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2424 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2425 new tab in an existing window instead.
2427 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2428 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2432 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2435 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2436 Firefox.
2438 When called interactively, if variable
2439 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2440 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2441 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2442 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2445 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2446 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2448 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2449 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2452 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2453 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2455 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2456 URL in a new window.
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2463 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2464 Chromium.
2466 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2469 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2470 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2471 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2473 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2474 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2475 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2476 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2478 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2479 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2480 new tab in an existing window instead.
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2488 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2494 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2495 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2497 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2498 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2499 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2500 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2503 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2505 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2507 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2508 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2511 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2512 program is invoked according to the variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2521 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2526 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2527 Default to the URL around or before point.
2529 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2530 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2531 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2535 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2536 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2543 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point.
2547 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2548 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2549 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2551 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2552 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2558 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2559 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2561 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2563 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2564 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2565 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2566 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2567 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2568 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2570 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2572 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2573 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2574 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2575 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2576 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2578 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2579 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2580 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2581 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2583 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2584 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2588 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2589 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2590 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2591 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2592 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2593 current one.
2595 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2596 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2597 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2598 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2606 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2607 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2608 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2609 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2610 don't offer a form of remote control.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around or before point.
2618 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2620 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2621 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2622 Default to the URL around the point.
2624 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2625 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2627 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2628 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632 ;;;***
2634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
2635 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2636 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2638 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2639 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2640 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2641 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2643 \(fn)" t nil)
2645 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2646 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2647 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2648 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2650 \(fn)" t nil)
2652 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2653 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2655 \(fn)" t nil)
2657 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2658 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2659 \\<bs-mode-map>
2660 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2661 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2662 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2663 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2665 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2666 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2667 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2668 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2669 name of buffer configuration.
2671 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2673 ;;;***
2675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21410 47268 609529
2676 ;;;;;; 0))
2677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2679 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2680 Play Bubbles game.
2681 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2682 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2683 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2684 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2685 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2686 columns on its right towards the left.
2688 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2693 \(fn)" t nil)
2695 ;;;***
2697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2698 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2701 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2703 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2704 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2706 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2707 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2711 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2712 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2716 ;;;***
2718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21586
2719 ;;;;;; 4146 376146 0))
2720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2721 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2722 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2727 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2728 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2729 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2730 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2731 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2732 else the global value will be modified.
2734 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2736 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2737 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2738 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2739 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2740 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2741 else the global value will be modified.
2743 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2745 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2746 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2747 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2749 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2751 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2752 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2753 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2754 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2756 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2757 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2758 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2759 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2760 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2761 before scanning it.
2763 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2764 that already has a `.elc' file.
2766 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2767 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2769 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2770 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2771 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2772 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2773 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2774 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2776 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2779 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2780 Print the result in the echo area.
2781 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2786 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2787 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2789 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2791 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2792 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2793 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2794 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2795 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2796 all functions called by those functions.
2798 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2799 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2800 cons, etc.).
2802 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2803 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2804 invoked interactively.
2806 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2808 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2809 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2810 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2811 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2813 \(fn)" nil nil)
2815 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2816 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2817 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2818 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2819 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2820 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2821 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2822 already up-to-date.
2824 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2828 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2829 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2831 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2832 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2833 and corresponding effects.
2835 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2837 ;;;***
2839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21554
2840 ;;;;;; 27688 263871 0))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2843 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2845 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 ;;;***
2849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2850 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2851 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2853 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2857 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2859 ;;;***
2861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21554
2862 ;;;;;; 27688 263871 0))
2863 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2865 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2866 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2867 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2868 from the cursor position.
2870 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2872 ;;;***
2874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21584 48809 507899 0))
2875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2876 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2878 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2879 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2883 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2884 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2886 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2891 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2895 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2896 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2898 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2900 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2902 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2903 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2905 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2907 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2908 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2909 This is most useful in the X window system.
2910 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2911 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2913 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 See calc-keypad for details.
2919 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2921 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2922 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2924 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2927 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2931 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2932 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2934 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2937 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2938 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2940 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2943 Define Calc function.
2945 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2946 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2947 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2949 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2950 actual Lisp function name.
2952 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2954 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2956 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2958 ;;;***
2960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2961 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2964 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967 \(fn N)" t nil)
2969 ;;;***
2971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21417 20521 870414
2972 ;;;;;; 0))
2973 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2975 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2976 Run the Emacs calculator.
2977 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2979 \(fn)" t nil)
2981 ;;;***
2983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21554 27688
2984 ;;;;;; 263871 0))
2985 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2987 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2988 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2989 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2990 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2991 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2992 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2994 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2995 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2996 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2997 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2998 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2999 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3000 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3001 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3002 window.
3004 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3005 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3007 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3008 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3009 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3010 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3011 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3012 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3014 Runs the following hooks:
3016 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3017 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3018 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3019 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3021 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3023 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3025 ;;;***
3027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3028 ;;;;;; 0))
3029 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3031 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3032 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3034 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3036 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3037 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3038 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3039 it fails.
3041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3043 ;;;***
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21586
3046 ;;;;;; 49290 401031 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3049 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3050 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3052 \(fn)" nil nil)
3054 ;;;***
3056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21551 51499
3057 ;;;;;; 554352 0))
3058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3060 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3061 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3063 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3064 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3066 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3067 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3069 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3071 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3072 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3073 made from scratch.
3075 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3077 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3078 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3080 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3081 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3082 made from scratch.
3084 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3086 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3087 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3089 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3091 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3092 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3093 made from scratch.
3095 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3097 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3098 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3100 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3101 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3102 made from scratch.
3104 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3106 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3107 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3109 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3111 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3112 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3113 made from scratch.
3115 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3117 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3118 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3120 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3121 variables are guessed:
3123 * `c-basic-offset', and
3124 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3125 `c-offsets-alist'.
3127 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3128 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3130 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3131 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3133 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3134 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3135 guess is made from scratch.
3137 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3138 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3140 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3143 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3144 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3145 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3147 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3148 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3149 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3151 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3153 ;;;***
3155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21551 51499
3156 ;;;;;; 554352 0))
3157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3159 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3160 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3161 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3162 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3163 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3164 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3165 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3167 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3168 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3169 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3177 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3178 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3179 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3180 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3181 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3182 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3184 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3186 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3187 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3189 Key bindings:
3190 \\{c-mode-map}
3192 \(fn)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3195 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3196 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3197 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3198 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3199 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3200 message.
3202 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3204 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3205 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3207 Key bindings:
3208 \\{c++-mode-map}
3210 \(fn)" t nil)
3211 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3213 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3214 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3215 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3216 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3217 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3218 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3219 message.
3221 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3223 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3224 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3226 Key bindings:
3227 \\{objc-mode-map}
3229 \(fn)" t nil)
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3232 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3233 Major mode for editing Java code.
3234 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3235 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3236 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3237 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3238 message.
3240 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3242 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3243 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3245 Key bindings:
3246 \\{java-mode-map}
3248 \(fn)" t nil)
3249 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3251 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3252 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3253 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3254 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3255 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3256 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3257 message.
3259 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3261 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3262 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3264 Key bindings:
3265 \\{idl-mode-map}
3267 \(fn)" t nil)
3268 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3269 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3271 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3272 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3273 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3274 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3275 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3276 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 message.
3279 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3281 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3282 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3284 Key bindings:
3285 \\{pike-mode-map}
3287 \(fn)" t nil)
3288 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3289 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3290 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3292 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3294 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3295 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3296 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3297 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3298 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3299 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3301 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3303 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3304 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3306 Key bindings:
3307 \\{awk-mode-map}
3309 \(fn)" t nil)
3311 ;;;***
3313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3314 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3317 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3318 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3319 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3320 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3322 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3324 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3325 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3326 might get set too.
3328 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3329 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3330 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3331 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3332 in this way.
3334 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3335 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3336 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3337 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3338 a null operation.
3340 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3342 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3343 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3344 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3345 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3347 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3349 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3350 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3351 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3353 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3355 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3356 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3357 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3358 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3359 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3361 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3363 ;;;***
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21551 51499
3366 ;;;;;; 554352 0))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3368 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3369 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3370 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3372 ;;;***
3374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3375 ;;;;;; 0))
3376 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3378 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3379 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3381 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3383 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3384 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3386 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3388 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3389 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3391 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3392 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3393 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3394 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3395 execution.
3397 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3399 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3401 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3402 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3404 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3405 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3406 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3407 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3409 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3410 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3411 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3412 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3413 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3414 `write' commands.
3416 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3417 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3418 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3419 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3421 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3422 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3423 semantics.
3425 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3427 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3429 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3431 STATEMENT :=
3432 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3433 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3435 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3436 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3437 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3438 | integer
3440 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3442 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3443 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3444 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3446 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3447 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3448 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3450 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3451 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3453 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3454 BREAK := (break)
3456 REPEAT :=
3457 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3458 (repeat)
3459 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3460 ;; (repeat))
3461 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3462 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3463 ;; (read REG)
3464 ;; (repeat))
3465 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3466 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3467 ;; (read REG)
3468 ;; (repeat))
3469 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3471 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3472 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3473 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3474 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3475 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3476 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3477 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3478 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3479 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3480 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3481 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3482 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3483 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3484 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3485 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3486 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3488 WRITE :=
3489 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3490 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3491 ;; representation.
3492 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3493 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3494 ;; (write r7))
3495 | (write EXPRESSION)
3496 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3497 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3498 ;; representation.
3499 | (write integer)
3500 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3501 ;; buffer.
3502 | (write string)
3503 ;; Same as: (write string)
3504 | string
3505 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3506 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3507 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3508 ;; representation.
3509 | (write REG ARRAY)
3510 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3511 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3512 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3513 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3514 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3515 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3517 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3518 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3520 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3521 END := (end)
3523 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3524 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3525 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3527 ARG := REG | integer
3529 OPERATOR :=
3530 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3531 + | - | * | / | %
3533 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3534 | & | `|' | ^
3536 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3537 | << | >>
3539 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3540 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3541 | <8
3543 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3544 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3545 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3546 | >8
3548 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3549 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3550 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3551 | //
3553 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3554 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3556 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3557 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3558 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3559 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3560 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3561 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3562 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3563 | de-sjis
3565 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3566 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3567 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3568 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3569 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3570 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3571 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3572 ;; byte of SJIS.
3573 | en-sjis
3575 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3576 ;; Same meaning as C code
3577 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3579 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3580 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3581 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3582 | <8=
3584 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3585 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3586 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3588 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3589 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3590 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3591 | //=
3593 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3596 TRANSLATE :=
3597 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3598 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3599 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3600 LOOKUP :=
3601 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3602 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3603 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3604 MAP :=
3605 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3606 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3607 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3608 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3609 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3610 MAP-ID := integer
3612 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3614 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3616 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3617 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3618 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3619 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3620 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3621 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3623 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3625 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3626 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3627 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3629 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3631 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3633 ;;;***
3635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21543 57381
3636 ;;;;;; 284584 0))
3637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3639 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3640 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3641 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3642 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3644 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3646 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3648 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3649 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3651 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3653 ;;;***
3655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3656 ;;;;;; 0))
3657 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3658 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3660 ;;;***
3662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21576 54696
3663 ;;;;;; 780899 0))
3664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3665 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3667 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3668 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3669 There are no special keybindings by default.
3671 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3672 to the action header.
3674 \(fn)" t nil)
3676 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3677 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3678 There are no special keybindings by default.
3680 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3681 to the action header.
3683 \(fn)" t nil)
3685 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3686 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3688 \(fn)" t nil)
3690 ;;;***
3692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3693 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3695 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3697 ;;;***
3699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3700 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3701 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3703 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3704 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3705 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3707 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3709 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3710 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3711 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3713 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3715 ;;;***
3717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3718 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3720 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3721 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3722 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3723 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3724 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3725 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3726 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3727 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3728 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3730 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3733 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3737 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3738 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3739 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3740 the users will view as each check is completed.
3742 \(fn)" t nil)
3744 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3745 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3746 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3747 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3748 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3749 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3750 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3751 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3753 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3755 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3756 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3757 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3758 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3759 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3760 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3761 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3762 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3764 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3766 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3767 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3768 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3769 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3770 spacing are all verified.
3772 \(fn)" t nil)
3774 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3775 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3776 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3777 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3778 otherwise stop after the first error.
3780 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3782 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3783 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3784 Only documentation strings are checked.
3785 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3786 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3787 a separate buffer.
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3792 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3793 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3794 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3795 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3797 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3799 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3800 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3801 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3802 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3803 if there is one.
3805 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3808 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3809 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3810 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3811 if there is one.
3812 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3814 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3816 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3817 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3818 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3820 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3823 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3824 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3825 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3826 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3828 \(fn)" t nil)
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3831 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3832 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3833 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3834 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3835 space at the end of each line.
3837 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3840 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3841 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3842 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3844 \(fn)" t nil)
3846 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3847 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3848 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3849 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3851 \(fn)" t nil)
3853 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3854 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3855 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3856 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3858 \(fn)" t nil)
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3861 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3862 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3863 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3865 \(fn)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3868 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3869 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3870 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3872 \(fn)" t nil)
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3875 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3876 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3877 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3879 \(fn)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3882 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3883 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3884 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3886 \(fn)" t nil)
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3889 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3890 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3891 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3896 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3897 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3898 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3900 \(fn)" t nil)
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3903 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3908 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3909 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3910 checking of documentation strings.
3912 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3916 ;;;***
3918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3919 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3920 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3922 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3923 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3924 Return the length of resulting text.
3926 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3928 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3929 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3931 \(fn)" t nil)
3933 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3934 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3935 Return the length of resulting text.
3937 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3940 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3942 \(fn)" t nil)
3944 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3947 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3949 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3952 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3954 ;;;***
3956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
3957 ;;;;;; 0))
3958 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3960 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3961 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3962 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3963 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3964 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3965 editing and the result is evaluated.
3967 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3969 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3970 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3971 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3972 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3973 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3975 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3977 \(fn)" t nil)
3979 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3980 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3981 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3982 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3983 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3985 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3986 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3987 \\{command-history-map}
3989 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3990 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3992 \(fn)" t nil)
3994 ;;;***
3996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21318
3997 ;;;;;; 28582 821557 0))
3998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4000 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4001 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4002 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4003 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4004 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4005 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4006 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4007 of this function.
4009 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4010 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4011 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4012 property are:
4014 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4015 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4017 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4018 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4019 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4020 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4021 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4022 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4023 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4024 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4025 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4026 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4027 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4028 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4030 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4031 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4032 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4034 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4035 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4036 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4037 list elements are:
4039 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4041 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4043 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4045 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4046 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4048 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4049 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4051 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4052 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4053 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4054 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4055 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4056 value specified by their associated list element.
4058 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4060 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4061 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4062 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4064 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4065 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4066 * indent the first argument by 4.
4067 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4068 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4069 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4071 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4072 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4073 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4074 instead.
4076 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4078 ;;;***
4080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21549 9768
4081 ;;;;;; 351453 0))
4082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4083 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4085 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4087 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4088 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4089 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4090 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4091 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4092 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4094 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4095 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4097 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4099 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4101 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4103 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4105 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4107 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4109 ;;;***
4111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4112 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4115 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4116 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4117 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4118 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4120 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4121 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4122 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4123 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4125 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4126 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4128 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4130 ;;;***
4132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4133 ;;;;;; 0))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4136 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4137 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4138 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4139 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4140 of `scheme-program-name').
4141 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4142 it is given as initial input.
4143 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4144 discards input when it starts up.
4145 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4146 is run).
4147 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4149 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4151 ;;;***
4153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4154 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4156 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4157 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4158 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4159 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4161 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4162 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4164 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4165 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4166 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4168 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4170 ;;;***
4172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
4173 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4175 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4176 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4177 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4178 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4179 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4180 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4181 functions have already modified the buffer.
4183 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4185 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4186 either globally or locally.")
4188 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4189 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4190 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4191 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4193 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4194 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4195 `start-file-process'
4196 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4197 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4198 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4200 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4201 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4203 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4205 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4207 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4209 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4210 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4211 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4212 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4213 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4214 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4215 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4216 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4217 process as its initial input.
4219 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4221 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4223 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4225 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4226 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4227 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4228 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4229 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4230 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4232 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4234 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4236 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4237 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4238 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4239 directory tracking functions.")
4241 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4242 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4243 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4245 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4247 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4249 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4250 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4251 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4253 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4255 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4257 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4258 Send COMMAND to current process.
4259 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4260 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4262 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4264 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4265 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4266 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4267 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4269 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4271 ;;;***
4273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4274 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4277 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4278 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4279 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4280 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4282 This command pushes the mark in each window
4283 at the prior location of point in that window.
4284 If both windows display the same buffer,
4285 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4286 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4288 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4289 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4290 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4291 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4292 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4293 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4294 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4295 ignored.
4297 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4298 this command work in interlaced mode:
4299 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4300 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4301 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4303 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4305 ;;;***
4307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21586 4146
4308 ;;;;;; 376146 0))
4309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4311 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4312 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4314 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4316 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4317 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4318 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4320 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4322 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4323 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4324 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4326 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4328 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4329 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4330 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4331 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4332 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4334 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4335 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4336 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4337 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4338 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4340 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4341 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4342 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4343 describing how the process finished.")
4345 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4346 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4347 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4348 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4349 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4351 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4352 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4353 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4355 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4357 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4358 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4359 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4360 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4362 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4364 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4365 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4367 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4368 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4370 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4371 (lambda ()
4372 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4373 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4374 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4375 (concat \"make -k \"
4376 (if buffer-file-name
4377 (shell-quote-argument
4378 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4380 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4381 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4383 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4384 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4385 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4386 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4390 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4391 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4392 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4393 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4395 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4396 and move to the source code that caused it.
4398 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4399 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4401 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4402 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4403 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4404 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4405 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4407 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4408 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4409 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4410 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4412 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4413 kills its subprocesses.
4415 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4416 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4417 to a function that generates a unique name.
4419 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4421 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4422 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4423 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4424 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4426 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4427 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4429 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4430 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4431 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4432 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4434 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4435 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4436 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4438 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4440 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4442 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4443 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4444 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4445 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4446 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4448 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4450 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4452 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4454 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4456 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4457 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4459 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4460 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4462 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4463 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4464 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4465 See `compilation-mode'.
4467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4469 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4470 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4472 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4473 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4475 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4476 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4477 `compilation-mode'.
4479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4481 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4482 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4483 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4485 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4487 ;;;***
4489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21584 48809 507899
4490 ;;;;;; 0))
4491 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4493 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4494 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4495 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4496 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4497 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4498 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4500 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4502 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4503 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4505 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4506 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4510 ;;;***
4512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21383
4513 ;;;;;; 2343 498187 0))
4514 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4516 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4517 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4518 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4519 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4520 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4521 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4522 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4524 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4525 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4526 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4528 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4529 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4530 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4532 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4533 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4534 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4535 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4537 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4538 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4539 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4540 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4541 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4542 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4543 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4545 \\{conf-mode-map}
4547 \(fn)" t nil)
4549 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4550 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4551 Comments start with `#'.
4552 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4554 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4556 \[Desktop Entry]
4557 Encoding=UTF-8
4558 Name=The GIMP
4559 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4560 Name[cs]=GIMP
4562 \(fn)" t nil)
4564 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4565 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4566 Comments start with `;'.
4567 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4569 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4571 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4572 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4573 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4575 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4576 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4578 \(fn)" t nil)
4580 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4581 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4582 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4583 between `/*' and `*/'.
4584 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4586 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4587 // another kind of comment
4588 /* yet another */
4590 name:value
4591 name=value
4592 name value
4593 x.1 =
4594 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4595 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4597 \(fn)" t nil)
4599 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4600 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4601 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4602 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4603 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4604 `conf-space-keywords'.
4605 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4606 in an interactive fashion instead.
4608 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4610 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4612 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4613 image/png png
4614 image/tiff tiff tif
4616 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4617 class desktop
4618 # Standard multimedia devices
4619 add /dev/audio desktop
4620 add /dev/mixer desktop
4622 \(fn)" t nil)
4624 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4625 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4626 See `conf-space-mode'.
4628 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4630 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4631 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4632 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4633 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4635 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4637 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4638 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4640 \(fn)" t nil)
4642 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4643 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4644 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4645 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4647 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4649 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4650 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4652 \(fn)" t nil)
4654 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4655 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4656 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4657 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4659 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4661 *background: gray99
4662 *foreground: black
4664 \(fn)" t nil)
4666 ;;;***
4668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4669 ;;;;;; 0))
4670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4672 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4673 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4674 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4675 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4676 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4677 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4679 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4681 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4682 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4683 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4684 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4686 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4688 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4689 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4690 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4691 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4693 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4695 ;;;***
4697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4698 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4700 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4701 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4702 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4704 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4705 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4706 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4707 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4708 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4709 following the copyright are updated as well.
4710 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4711 interactively.
4713 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4715 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4716 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4717 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4718 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4719 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4721 \(fn)" t nil)
4723 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4724 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4726 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4728 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4729 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4730 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4732 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4734 ;;;***
4736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21438
4737 ;;;;;; 26670 609361 0))
4738 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4739 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4740 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4741 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4742 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4743 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4744 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4745 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4747 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4748 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4749 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4750 Tab indents for Perl code.
4751 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4752 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4754 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4755 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4756 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4757 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4758 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4759 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4760 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4761 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4762 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4763 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4764 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4765 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4767 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4769 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4770 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4772 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4774 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4775 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4776 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4777 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4778 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4779 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4780 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4781 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4782 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4784 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4786 bite if angry;
4788 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4789 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4790 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4791 to nil.)
4793 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4794 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4795 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4797 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4799 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4800 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4801 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4802 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4803 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4805 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4807 if (A) { B }
4809 into
4811 B if A;
4813 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4815 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4816 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4817 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4818 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4819 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4820 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4821 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4822 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4823 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4824 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4825 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4826 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4827 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4829 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4830 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4831 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4832 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4833 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4834 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4836 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4837 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4838 man via menu.
4840 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4841 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4842 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4843 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4844 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4846 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4847 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4848 span the needed amount of lines.
4850 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4851 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4852 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4853 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4855 Variables controlling indentation style:
4856 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4857 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4858 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4859 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4860 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4861 `cperl-auto-newline'
4862 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4863 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4864 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4865 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4866 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4867 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4868 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4869 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4870 `cperl-indent-level'
4871 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4872 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4873 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4874 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4875 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4876 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4877 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4878 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4879 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4880 `cperl-brace-offset'
4881 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4882 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4883 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4884 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4885 `cperl-label-offset'
4886 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4887 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4888 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4890 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4891 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4892 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4893 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4894 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4895 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4897 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4898 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4899 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4900 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4902 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4903 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4904 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4905 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4906 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4907 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4908 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4910 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4911 column 0 is indented on
4912 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4914 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4915 with no args.
4917 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4918 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4919 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4921 \(fn)" t nil)
4923 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4924 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4926 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4928 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4929 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4931 \(fn)" t nil)
4933 ;;;***
4935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4936 ;;;;;; 0))
4937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4939 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4940 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4941 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4942 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4943 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4945 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4947 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4948 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4950 \(fn)" t nil)
4952 ;;;***
4954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
4955 ;;;;;; 0))
4956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4958 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4959 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4960 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4961 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4962 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4963 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
4964 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
4965 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
4967 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
4968 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
4970 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4971 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
4972 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
4974 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
4975 with empty strings removed.
4977 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4979 ;;;***
4981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21574 12970
4982 ;;;;;; 82034 0))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4985 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4986 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4988 \(fn)" t nil)
4989 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
4991 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
4992 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
4994 \(fn)" t nil)
4996 ;;;***
4998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21319 49445
4999 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
5000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5002 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5003 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5004 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5006 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5007 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5009 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5011 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5012 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5013 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5014 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5015 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5017 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5018 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5019 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5020 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5021 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5022 normal function of these prefix keys.
5024 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5025 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5026 options:
5027 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5028 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5029 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5031 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5032 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5033 the prefix fallback behavior.
5035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5037 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5038 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5040 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5042 ;;;***
5044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21503 425
5045 ;;;;;; 992235 0))
5046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5048 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5049 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5050 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5054 ;;;***
5056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21567 9155 113406
5057 ;;;;;; 0))
5058 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5060 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5061 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5063 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5065 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5066 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5068 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5070 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5071 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5073 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5075 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5076 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5078 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5079 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5081 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5082 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5084 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5086 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5088 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5089 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5090 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5092 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5093 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5095 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5096 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5098 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5099 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5101 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5103 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5105 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5106 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5107 Return VALUE.
5109 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5110 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5112 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5113 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5115 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5116 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5118 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5120 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5122 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5123 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5124 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5125 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5127 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5128 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5129 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5131 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5133 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5134 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5135 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5136 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5137 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5139 \(fn)" t nil)
5141 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5142 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5143 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5144 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5146 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5148 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5149 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5150 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5152 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5154 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5155 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5157 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5159 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5161 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5162 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5164 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5166 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5168 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5169 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5170 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5172 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5174 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5175 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5176 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5177 as part of Emacs itself.
5179 Each elements looks like this:
5181 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5183 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5184 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5185 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5186 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5187 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5188 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5189 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5190 and `defface'.
5192 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5194 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5195 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5196 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5197 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5198 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5200 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5201 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5202 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5203 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5205 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5207 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5208 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5209 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5210 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5211 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5212 release.
5214 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5215 that were added or redefined since that version.
5217 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5219 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5220 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5221 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5222 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5224 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5226 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5227 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5229 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5231 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5232 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5233 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5235 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5236 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5238 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5240 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5241 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5243 \(fn)" t nil)
5245 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5248 \(fn)" t nil)
5250 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5251 Customize all saved options and faces.
5253 \(fn)" t nil)
5255 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5257 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5258 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5259 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5260 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5262 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5263 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5264 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5266 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5268 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5269 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5271 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5273 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5276 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5278 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5281 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5283 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5284 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5285 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5286 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5287 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5288 that option.
5289 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5291 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5293 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5294 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5295 The result includes selecting that window.
5296 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5297 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5298 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5299 that option.
5301 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5303 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5304 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5306 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5308 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5309 File used for storing customization information.
5310 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5311 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5312 it should be an absolute file name.
5314 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5315 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5316 something like the following in your init file:
5318 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5319 \(load custom-file)
5321 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5322 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5324 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5325 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5326 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5327 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5328 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5330 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5331 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5332 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5333 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5334 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5335 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5336 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5337 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5338 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5339 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5341 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5343 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5344 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5346 \(fn)" nil nil)
5348 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5349 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5351 \(fn)" t nil)
5353 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5354 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5355 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5357 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5359 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5360 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5361 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5362 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5363 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5365 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5367 ;;;***
5369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5370 ;;;;;; 0))
5371 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5373 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5374 Create or edit a custom theme.
5375 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5376 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5377 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5378 from the Custom save file.
5379 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5380 named *Custom Theme*.
5382 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5384 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5385 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5387 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5389 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5390 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5392 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5394 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5395 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5396 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5397 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5399 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5401 ;;;***
5403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5404 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5405 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5407 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5408 Mode used for cvs status output.
5410 \(fn)" t nil)
5412 ;;;***
5414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21383 2343 498187
5415 ;;;;;; 0))
5416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5417 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5419 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5420 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5422 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5424 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5425 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5426 C++ modes are included.
5428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5429 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5430 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5434 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5436 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5437 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5438 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5440 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5441 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5443 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5445 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5446 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5447 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5448 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5449 ARG is omitted or nil.
5451 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5452 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5453 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5457 ;;;***
5459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5460 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5463 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5464 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5466 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5468 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5469 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5471 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5473 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5474 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5475 For readability, the table is slightly
5476 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5478 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5479 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5480 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5481 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5482 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5484 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5486 ;;;***
5488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5489 ;;;;;; 0))
5490 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5491 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5492 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5493 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5494 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5496 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5497 Completion on current word.
5498 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5499 and presents suggestions for completion.
5501 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5502 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5503 completions.
5505 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5506 then it searches *all* buffers.
5508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5510 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5511 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5513 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5514 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5515 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5516 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5517 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5519 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5520 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5522 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5523 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5524 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5526 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5527 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5529 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5533 ;;;***
5535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5536 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5537 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5539 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5540 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5542 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5544 ;;;***
5546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21430 32550 215986 0))
5547 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5549 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5550 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5551 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5552 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5553 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5555 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5557 ;;;***
5559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5560 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5563 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5564 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5566 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5567 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5568 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5570 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5571 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5572 Data lines are not indented.
5574 Key bindings:
5576 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5577 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5579 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5580 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5581 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5582 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5584 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5586 dcl-basic-offset
5587 Extra indentation within blocks.
5589 dcl-continuation-offset
5590 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5592 dcl-margin-offset
5593 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5595 dcl-margin-label-offset
5596 Indentation for a label.
5598 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5599 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5601 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5602 dcl-block-end-regexp
5603 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5604 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5605 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5606 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5607 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5609 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5610 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5611 Two such functions are included in the package:
5612 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5613 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5615 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5616 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5617 One such function is included in the package:
5618 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5620 dcl-tab-always-indent
5621 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5622 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5623 margin.
5625 dcl-electric-characters
5626 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5627 typed.
5629 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5630 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5631 which words trigger electric indentation.
5633 dcl-tempo-comma
5634 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5635 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5636 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5638 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5639 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5640 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5641 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5643 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5644 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5645 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5646 dcl-imenu-label-call
5647 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5649 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5650 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5651 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5652 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5655 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5657 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5658 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5659 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5660 $ i = 1
5661 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5662 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5663 $ label:
5664 $ if i.eq.1
5665 $ then
5666 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5667 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5668 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5669 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5670 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5671 \"lined up with the command line\"
5672 $ type sys$input
5673 Data lines are not indented at all.
5674 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5675 $ endif
5679 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5680 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5682 \(fn)" t nil)
5684 ;;;***
5686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5687 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5690 (setq debugger 'debug)
5692 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5693 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5694 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5695 of the evaluator.
5697 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5698 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5699 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5701 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5703 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5704 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5706 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5708 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5709 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5710 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5711 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5712 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5713 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5715 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5716 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5718 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5720 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5721 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5722 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5723 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5724 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5726 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5728 ;;;***
5730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5731 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5732 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5734 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5735 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5737 \(fn)" t nil)
5739 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5740 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5741 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5742 Upper-case letters are commands.
5744 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5745 modify it.
5747 The most useful commands are:
5748 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5749 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5750 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5751 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5752 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5753 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5755 \(fn)" t nil)
5757 ;;;***
5759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5760 ;;;;;; 0))
5761 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5762 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5764 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5765 Customization of `columns' group.
5767 \(fn)" t nil)
5769 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5770 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5772 START and END delimits the text region.
5774 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5776 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5777 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5779 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5781 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5783 ;;;***
5785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21414 44327 790846 0))
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5788 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5790 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5791 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5792 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5794 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5795 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5797 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5799 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5800 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5802 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5803 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5805 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5806 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5807 point regardless of any selection.
5809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5811 ;;;***
5813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5814 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5817 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5818 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5820 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5822 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5823 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5824 or nil if there is no parent.
5825 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5826 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5827 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5828 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5829 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5831 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5832 arguments are currently understood:
5833 :group GROUP
5834 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5835 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5836 :syntax-table TABLE
5837 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5838 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5839 :abbrev-table TABLE
5840 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5841 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5843 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5845 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5847 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5848 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5849 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5851 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5852 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5854 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5855 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5856 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5858 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5859 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5861 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5862 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5864 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5866 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5868 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5870 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5871 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5872 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5873 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5874 the first time the mode is used.
5876 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5878 ;;;***
5880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21567 8911 359241
5881 ;;;;;; 0))
5882 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5884 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5885 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5886 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5887 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5888 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5889 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5890 otherwise.
5892 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5894 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5895 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5896 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5897 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5899 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5900 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5901 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5903 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5904 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5905 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5906 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5907 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5908 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5909 relevant to POS.
5911 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5913 ;;;***
5915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21526 48295 289762
5916 ;;;;;; 0))
5917 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5919 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5920 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5921 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5924 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5926 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5928 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5929 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5931 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5932 is omitted or nil.
5934 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5935 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5936 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5937 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5939 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5940 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5942 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5943 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5945 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5947 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5951 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5952 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5953 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5954 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5956 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5958 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5959 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5961 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5962 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5963 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5965 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5966 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5968 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5969 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5970 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5972 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5973 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5974 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5975 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5977 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5979 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5980 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5982 Handlers are called with argument list
5984 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5986 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5988 `desktop-file-version'
5989 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
5990 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
5991 `desktop-buffer-point'
5992 `desktop-buffer-mark'
5993 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
5994 `desktop-buffer-locals'
5996 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5997 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5999 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6000 code like
6002 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6004 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6005 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6007 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6009 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6011 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6012 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6013 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6014 List elements must have the form
6016 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6018 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6019 function.
6021 Handlers are called with argument list
6023 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6025 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6027 `desktop-file-version'
6028 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6029 `desktop-buffer-name'
6030 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6031 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6032 `desktop-buffer-point'
6033 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6034 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6035 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6037 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6038 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6039 created and set.
6041 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6042 code like
6044 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6046 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6047 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6049 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6051 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6053 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6055 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6056 Empty the Desktop.
6057 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6058 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6059 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6060 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6061 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6062 if different).
6064 \(fn)" t nil)
6066 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6067 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6068 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6069 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6070 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6071 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6072 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6074 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6076 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6077 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6078 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6080 \(fn)" t nil)
6082 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6083 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6084 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6085 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6086 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6087 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6088 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6089 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6091 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6093 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6094 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6095 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6097 \(fn)" nil nil)
6099 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6101 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6102 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6103 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6104 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6105 directory DIRNAME.
6107 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6109 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6110 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6112 \(fn)" t nil)
6114 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6115 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6117 \(fn)" t nil)
6119 ;;;***
6121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6122 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6125 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6126 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6127 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6128 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6129 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6130 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6132 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6134 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6135 Repair a broken attribution line.
6136 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6138 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6140 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6141 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6142 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6143 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6145 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6147 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6148 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6150 \(fn)" t nil)
6152 ;;;***
6154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21561
6155 ;;;;;; 934 250078 0))
6156 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6158 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6159 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6160 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6161 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6162 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6166 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6167 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6168 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6169 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6171 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6172 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6173 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6174 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6176 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6177 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6179 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6180 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6181 calendar-date-style 'european
6182 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6184 \(diary-mail-entries)
6186 # diary-rem.el ends here
6188 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6190 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6191 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6193 \(fn)" t nil)
6195 ;;;***
6197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6198 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6200 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6201 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6203 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6205 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6206 The command to use to run diff.")
6208 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6210 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6211 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6212 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6213 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6214 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6215 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6217 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6218 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6219 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6221 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6223 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6224 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6225 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6226 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6227 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6228 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6230 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6232 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6233 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6235 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6237 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6238 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6239 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6241 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6243 ;;;***
6245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21546 33576
6246 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
6247 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6249 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6250 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6251 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6252 normal diffs.
6254 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6255 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6256 headers for you on-the-fly.
6258 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6259 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6260 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6262 \\{diff-mode-map}
6264 \(fn)" t nil)
6266 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6267 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6272 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6276 ;;;***
6278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6281 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6282 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6283 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6285 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6287 ;;;***
6289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6292 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6293 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6294 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6295 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6296 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6297 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6298 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6299 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6301 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6303 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6304 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6305 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6306 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6307 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6308 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6310 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6311 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6312 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6313 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6314 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6315 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6316 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6317 list of files to make directory entries for.
6318 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6319 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6320 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6322 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6324 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6325 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6327 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6328 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6330 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6331 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6333 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6334 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6336 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6338 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6339 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6341 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6343 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6344 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6345 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6346 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6347 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6348 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6349 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6350 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6351 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6352 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6353 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6354 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6355 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6356 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6357 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6358 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6359 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6360 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6361 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6362 to see why something went wrong.
6363 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6364 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6365 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6366 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6367 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6368 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6369 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6370 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6371 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6372 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6373 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6374 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6375 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6377 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6378 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6379 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6380 again for the directory tree.
6382 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6383 for more info):
6385 `dired-listing-switches'
6386 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6387 `dired-marker-char'
6388 `dired-del-marker'
6389 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6390 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6391 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6392 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6394 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6396 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6397 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6398 `dired-mode-hook'
6399 `dired-load-hook'
6401 Keybindings:
6402 \\{dired-mode-map}
6404 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6405 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6407 ;;;***
6409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6410 ;;;;;; 0))
6411 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6413 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6414 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6416 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6417 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6419 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6420 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6421 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6423 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6424 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6425 directory.
6427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6429 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6430 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6431 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6432 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6433 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6434 from `default-directory'.
6436 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6438 ;;;***
6440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6441 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6442 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6444 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6445 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6446 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6447 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6448 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6449 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6451 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6453 ;;;***
6455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6456 ;;;;;; 0))
6457 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6459 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6460 Return a new, empty display table.
6462 \(fn)" nil nil)
6464 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6465 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6466 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6467 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6468 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6470 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6472 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6473 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6474 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6475 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6476 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6478 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6480 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6481 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6483 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6485 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6486 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6488 \(fn)" t nil)
6490 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6491 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6493 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6494 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6496 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6497 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6498 byte.
6500 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6501 in the default way after this call.
6503 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6505 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6506 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6508 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6510 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6511 Display character C using printable string S.
6513 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6515 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6516 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6517 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6518 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6520 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6522 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6523 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6524 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6525 X frame.
6527 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6529 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6530 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6532 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6534 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6535 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6537 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6539 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6540 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6542 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6544 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6545 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6547 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6549 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6550 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6552 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6554 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6555 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6557 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6558 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6560 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6561 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6563 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6564 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6565 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6566 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6568 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6569 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6570 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6571 in `.emacs'.
6573 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6575 ;;;***
6577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6578 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6581 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6582 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6583 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6584 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6585 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6586 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6587 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6588 Default is 2.
6590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6592 ;;;***
6594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6595 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6597 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6598 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6599 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6600 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6601 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6602 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6603 private or ask).
6604 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6605 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6606 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6607 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6608 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6610 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6612 ;;;***
6614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6615 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6618 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6619 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6620 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6621 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6622 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6623 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6624 table and its own syntax table.
6626 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6628 \(fn)" t nil)
6629 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6631 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6632 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6634 \(fn)" t nil)
6636 ;;;***
6638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21576 54696 780899
6639 ;;;;;; 0))
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6642 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6643 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6644 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6645 OpenDocument format).
6647 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6649 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6650 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6652 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6653 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6655 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6656 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6657 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6659 \(fn)" t nil)
6661 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6662 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6663 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6664 to the next best mode.
6666 \(fn)" nil nil)
6668 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6669 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6674 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6678 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6681 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6683 ;;;***
6685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6686 ;;;;;; 0))
6687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6689 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6690 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6692 \(fn)" t nil)
6694 ;;;***
6696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6697 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6699 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6700 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6701 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6702 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6703 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6705 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6706 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6710 ;;;***
6712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21406 50214 284651
6713 ;;;;;; 0))
6714 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6715 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6717 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6718 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6722 ;;;***
6724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21505
6725 ;;;;;; 42150 427725 0))
6726 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6728 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6730 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6731 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6732 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6733 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6734 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6736 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6737 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6738 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6739 and disables it otherwise.
6741 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6742 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6743 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6744 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6746 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6747 documenting what its argument does.
6749 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6750 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6751 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6752 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6753 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6754 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6755 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6756 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6758 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6759 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6760 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6761 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6762 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6763 mode is global):
6765 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6766 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6767 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6768 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6769 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6770 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6771 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6772 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6773 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6774 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6775 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6776 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6777 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6778 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6779 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6780 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6781 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6782 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6783 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6784 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6785 in :variable).
6787 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6788 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6790 For example, you could write
6791 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6792 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6793 ...BODY CODE...)
6795 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6797 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6799 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6801 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6803 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6804 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6805 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6806 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6807 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6808 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6809 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6810 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6811 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6812 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6813 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6814 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6816 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6817 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6818 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6819 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6820 call another major mode in their body.
6822 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6823 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6824 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6826 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6828 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6830 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6831 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6832 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6833 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6834 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6835 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6836 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6838 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6840 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6841 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6842 :inherit Parent keymap.
6843 :group Ignored.
6844 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6845 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6847 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6849 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6850 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6851 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6852 the constant's documentation.
6854 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6856 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6857 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6858 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6860 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6862 ;;;***
6864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6865 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6868 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6869 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6870 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6871 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6873 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6874 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6875 as a top-level menu bar item.
6877 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6878 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6879 pairs:
6881 :filter FUNCTION
6882 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6883 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6884 items to actually display.
6886 :visible INCLUDE
6887 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6888 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6889 alias for `:visible'.
6891 :active ENABLE
6892 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6893 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6894 an alias for `:active'.
6896 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6897 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6899 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6901 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6903 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6904 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6906 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6907 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6909 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6911 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6913 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6914 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6916 :keys KEYS
6917 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6918 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6919 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6920 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6922 :key-sequence KEYS
6923 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6924 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6925 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6926 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6928 :active ENABLE
6929 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6930 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6931 alias for `:active'.
6933 :visible INCLUDE
6934 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6935 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6936 `:visible'.
6938 :label FORM
6939 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6940 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6942 :suffix FORM
6943 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6944 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6946 :style STYLE
6947 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6948 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6949 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6951 :selected SELECTED
6952 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6953 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6955 :help HELP
6956 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6958 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
6959 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
6960 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6962 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6963 MENU. This is a submenu.
6965 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6967 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6969 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6972 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6974 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6975 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6976 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6977 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6979 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6981 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6982 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6983 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6984 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6985 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6986 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6988 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6989 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6990 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6992 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6993 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6994 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6996 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6997 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6999 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7001 ;;;***
7003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7004 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7005 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7006 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7008 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7009 Customization for ebnf group.
7011 \(fn)" t nil)
7013 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7014 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7016 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7018 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7019 processed.
7021 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7023 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7025 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7026 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7028 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7029 killed after process termination.
7031 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7033 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7035 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7036 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7038 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7039 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7040 it to the printer.
7042 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7043 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7044 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7045 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7047 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7049 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7050 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7051 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7053 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7055 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7056 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7058 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7060 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7061 processed.
7063 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7065 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7067 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7068 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7070 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7071 killed after process termination.
7073 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7075 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7077 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7078 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7079 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7080 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7082 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7084 \(fn)" t nil)
7086 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7087 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7088 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7090 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7092 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7094 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7095 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7097 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7099 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7100 processed.
7102 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7104 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7106 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7107 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7109 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7110 killed after EPS generation.
7112 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7114 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7116 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7117 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7119 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7120 The EPS file name has the following form:
7122 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7124 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7125 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7127 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7128 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7129 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7130 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7131 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7133 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7134 files.
7136 \(fn)" t nil)
7138 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7139 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7141 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7142 The EPS file name has the following form:
7144 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7146 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7147 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7149 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7150 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7151 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7152 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7153 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7155 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7156 files.
7158 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7160 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7162 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7163 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7165 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7167 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7168 are processed.
7170 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7172 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7177 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7178 killed after syntax checking.
7180 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7182 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7184 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7187 \(fn)" t nil)
7189 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7190 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7192 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7194 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7195 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7197 \(fn)" nil nil)
7199 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7200 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7202 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7204 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7209 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7211 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Delete style NAME.
7216 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7218 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7220 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7221 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7223 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7225 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Set STYLE as the current style.
7230 Returns the old style symbol.
7232 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7234 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Reset current style.
7239 Returns the old style symbol.
7241 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7243 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7248 Returns the old style symbol.
7250 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7252 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7254 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7259 Returns the old style symbol.
7261 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7263 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265 \(fn)" t nil)
7267 ;;;***
7269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7270 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
7271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7273 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7274 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7275 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7276 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7277 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7278 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7280 Tree mode key bindings:
7281 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7283 \(fn)" t nil)
7285 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7286 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7288 \(fn)" t nil)
7290 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7291 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7293 \(fn)" t nil)
7295 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7296 View declaration of member at point.
7298 \(fn)" t nil)
7300 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7301 Find declaration of member at point.
7303 \(fn)" t nil)
7305 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7306 View definition of member at point.
7308 \(fn)" t nil)
7310 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7311 Find definition of member at point.
7313 \(fn)" t nil)
7315 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7316 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7318 \(fn)" t nil)
7320 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7321 View definition of member at point in other window.
7323 \(fn)" t nil)
7325 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7326 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7330 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7331 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7333 \(fn)" t nil)
7335 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7336 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7338 \(fn)" t nil)
7340 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7341 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7343 \(fn)" t nil)
7345 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7346 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7347 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7348 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7349 completion.
7351 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7354 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7355 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7356 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7358 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7360 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7361 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7362 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7363 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7365 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7368 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7369 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7371 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7374 Search for call sites of a member.
7375 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7376 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7377 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7378 looks like a function call to the member.
7380 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7383 Move backward in the position stack.
7384 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7386 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7388 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7389 Move forward in the position stack.
7390 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7392 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7395 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7400 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7405 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7406 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7407 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7409 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7411 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7412 Display statistics for a class tree.
7414 \(fn)" t nil)
7416 ;;;***
7418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7419 ;;;;;; 0))
7420 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7422 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7423 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7424 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7425 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7426 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7427 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7428 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7430 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7432 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7433 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7434 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7435 also has this effect.
7436 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7437 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7438 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7439 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7440 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7441 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7442 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7443 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7444 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7445 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7447 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7449 ;;;***
7451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7452 ;;;;;; 0))
7453 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7455 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7456 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7457 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7459 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7461 ;;;***
7463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7464 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7467 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7470 \(fn)" nil nil)
7472 ;;;***
7474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21350 58112 380040 0))
7475 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7476 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7478 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7479 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7480 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7482 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7483 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7485 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7487 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7488 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7489 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7490 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7491 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7493 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7494 an EDE controlled project.
7496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7498 ;;;***
7500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21452 59559
7501 ;;;;;; 901066 0))
7502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7504 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7505 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7506 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7507 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7508 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7510 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7511 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7512 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7513 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7515 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7517 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7518 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7519 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7520 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7522 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7524 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7525 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7526 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7527 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7529 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7531 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7533 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7534 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7535 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7536 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7537 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7539 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7540 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7541 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7542 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7543 instrumented for Edebug.
7545 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7546 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7547 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7548 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7549 already is one.)
7551 \(fn)" t nil)
7553 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7554 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7556 \(fn)" t nil)
7558 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7559 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7561 \(fn)" t nil)
7563 ;;;***
7565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7567 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7569 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7570 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7572 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7574 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7575 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7577 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7579 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7581 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7583 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7584 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7585 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7586 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7588 \(fn)" t nil)
7590 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7591 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7592 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7593 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7595 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7597 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7598 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7600 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7602 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7604 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7605 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7607 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7609 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7611 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7612 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7613 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7614 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7616 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7618 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7620 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7621 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7622 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7623 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7625 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7627 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7629 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7630 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7631 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7632 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7634 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7636 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7638 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7639 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7640 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7641 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7643 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7645 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7647 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7648 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7649 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7650 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7651 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7652 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7654 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7656 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7657 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7658 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7659 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7661 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7663 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7665 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7666 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7667 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7668 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7670 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7672 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7674 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7676 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7677 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7678 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7679 follows:
7680 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7681 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7683 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7685 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7686 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7687 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7688 follows:
7689 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7690 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7692 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7694 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7695 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7696 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7697 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7698 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7700 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7702 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7703 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7704 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7705 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7706 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7707 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7709 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7711 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7713 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7714 Merge two files without ancestor.
7716 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7718 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7719 Merge two files with ancestor.
7721 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7723 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7725 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7726 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7728 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7730 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7731 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7733 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7735 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7736 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7737 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7738 buffer.
7740 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7742 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7744 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7745 buffer.
7747 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7749 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7750 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7751 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7752 and don't ask the user.
7753 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7754 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7756 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7758 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7760 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7761 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7762 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7763 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7764 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7765 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7767 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7769 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7771 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7773 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7775 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7776 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7777 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7779 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7781 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7783 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7784 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7785 When called interactively, displays the version.
7787 \(fn)" t nil)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7790 Display Ediff's manual.
7791 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7793 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7798 \(fn)" nil nil)
7800 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7803 \(fn)" nil nil)
7805 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7808 \(fn)" nil nil)
7810 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7813 \(fn)" nil nil)
7815 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7818 \(fn)" nil nil)
7820 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7823 \(fn)" nil nil)
7825 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7828 \(fn)" nil nil)
7830 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7833 \(fn)" nil nil)
7835 ;;;***
7837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7838 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7839 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7841 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7844 \(fn)" t nil)
7846 ;;;***
7848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21429 11690
7849 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
7850 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7852 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7853 Display Ediff's registry.
7855 \(fn)" t nil)
7857 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7859 ;;;***
7861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21458 11942
7862 ;;;;;; 975332 0))
7863 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7865 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7866 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7867 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7868 which see.
7870 \(fn)" t nil)
7872 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7873 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7874 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7875 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7877 \(fn)" t nil)
7879 ;;;***
7881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7882 ;;;;;; 0))
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7884 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7886 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7887 Edit a keyboard macro.
7888 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7889 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7890 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7891 its command name.
7892 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7894 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7896 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7897 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7899 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7901 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7902 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7904 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7906 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7907 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7908 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7909 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7910 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7911 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7913 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7914 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7915 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7916 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7918 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7920 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7921 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7922 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7923 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7924 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7925 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7927 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7929 ;;;***
7931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21417 20521 870414
7932 ;;;;;; 0))
7933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7935 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7936 Set scroll margins.
7937 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7938 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7940 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7943 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7945 \(fn)" t nil)
7947 ;;;***
7949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
7950 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7952 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7953 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7954 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7955 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7956 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7957 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7958 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7960 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7961 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7963 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7964 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7965 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7966 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7968 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7969 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7970 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7972 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7973 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7974 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7976 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7978 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7981 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7983 ;;;***
7985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21571 36773
7986 ;;;;;; 524862 0))
7987 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
7988 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7990 ;;;***
7992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21571
7993 ;;;;;; 36773 524862 0))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
7995 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7997 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
7998 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
7999 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8000 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8001 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8002 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8003 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8005 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8007 ;;;***
8009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21327 43559 923043
8010 ;;;;;; 0))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8013 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8014 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8016 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8017 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8018 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8020 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8022 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8023 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8024 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8025 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8026 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8027 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8029 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8031 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8032 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8033 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8034 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8035 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8037 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8038 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8039 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8043 ;;;***
8045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8046 ;;;;;; 0))
8047 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8049 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8050 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8052 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8053 an elided material again.
8055 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8059 ;;;***
8061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8062 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8065 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8066 Lint the file FILE.
8068 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8070 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8071 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8072 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8074 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8076 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8077 Lint the current buffer.
8078 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8080 \(fn)" t nil)
8082 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8083 Lint the function at point.
8084 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8086 \(fn)" t nil)
8088 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8089 Initialize elint.
8090 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8091 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8093 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8095 ;;;***
8097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8098 ;;;;;; 0))
8099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8101 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8102 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8103 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8105 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8107 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8108 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8109 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8110 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8112 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8114 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8115 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8116 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8118 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8120 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8122 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8123 Display current profiling results.
8124 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8125 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8126 displayed.
8128 \(fn)" t nil)
8130 ;;;***
8132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8133 ;;;;;; 0))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8136 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8137 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8138 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8139 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8140 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8141 ARG is omitted or nil.
8143 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8144 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8145 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8146 used instead.
8148 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8150 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8151 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8152 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8154 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8158 ;;;***
8160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21302 89 140834
8161 ;;;;;; 615000))
8162 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8164 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8165 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8166 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8168 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8170 ;;;***
8172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21364 37926 837230
8173 ;;;;;; 0))
8174 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8176 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8177 Run Emerge on two files.
8179 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8181 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8182 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8184 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8187 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8189 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8191 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8192 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8194 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8196 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8199 \(fn)" nil nil)
8201 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8204 \(fn)" nil nil)
8206 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8209 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8211 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8214 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8216 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8217 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8219 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8221 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8222 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8224 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8226 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8229 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8231 ;;;***
8233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8234 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8235 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8237 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8238 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8239 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8240 text/enriched format.
8242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8243 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8244 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8246 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8248 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8249 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8251 Commands:
8253 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8257 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8260 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8262 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8265 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8267 ;;;***
8269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21294 46247 414129 0))
8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8272 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8273 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8275 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8277 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8278 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8280 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8282 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8283 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8284 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8285 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8286 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8287 the keys are listed.
8288 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8290 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8292 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8293 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8294 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8296 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8298 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8299 Verify FILE.
8301 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8303 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8304 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8306 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8308 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8309 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8311 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8313 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8314 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8316 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8317 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8318 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8319 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8321 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8322 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8323 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8324 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8325 should consider using the string based counterpart
8326 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8327 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8329 For example:
8331 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8332 (decode-coding-string
8333 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8334 'utf-8))
8336 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8338 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8339 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8341 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8342 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8344 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8346 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8348 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8349 Verify the current region between START and END.
8351 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8352 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8353 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8354 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8355 should consider using the string based counterpart
8356 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8357 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8359 For example:
8361 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8362 (decode-coding-string
8363 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8364 'utf-8))
8366 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8368 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8370 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8371 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8372 between START and END.
8374 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8375 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8377 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8379 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8381 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8382 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8384 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8385 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8386 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8387 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8388 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8389 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8391 For example:
8393 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8394 (epg-sign-string
8395 context
8396 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8398 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8400 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8402 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8403 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8405 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8406 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8407 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8408 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8409 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8410 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8412 For example:
8414 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8415 (epg-encrypt-string
8416 context
8417 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8418 nil))
8420 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8422 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8424 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8425 Delete selected KEYS.
8427 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8429 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8430 Import keys from FILE.
8432 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8434 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8435 Import keys from the region.
8437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8439 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8440 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8441 between START and END.
8443 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8445 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8446 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8448 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8450 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8451 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8453 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8455 ;;;***
8457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8458 ;;;;;; 0))
8459 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8461 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8462 Decrypt marked files.
8464 \(fn)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8467 Verify marked files.
8469 \(fn)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8472 Sign marked files.
8474 \(fn)" t nil)
8476 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8477 Encrypt marked files.
8479 \(fn)" t nil)
8481 ;;;***
8483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8484 ;;;;;; 0))
8485 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8487 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8490 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8492 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8495 \(fn)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8500 \(fn)" t nil)
8502 ;;;***
8504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21294 46247 414129
8505 ;;;;;; 0))
8506 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8508 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8509 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8511 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8512 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8516 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8517 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8518 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8520 \(fn)" t nil)
8522 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8524 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8525 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8526 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8528 \(fn)" t nil)
8530 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8532 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8533 Sign the current buffer.
8534 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8536 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8538 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8540 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8541 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8542 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8543 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8544 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8545 and also whether and how to sign.
8547 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8548 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8549 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8551 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8553 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8555 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8556 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8557 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8559 \(fn)" t nil)
8561 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8563 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8564 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8565 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8567 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8568 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8570 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8572 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8573 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8575 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8576 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8580 ;;;***
8582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21578 10030 299837 0))
8583 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8584 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8586 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8587 Return a context object.
8589 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8591 ;;;***
8593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21543 57381 284584
8594 ;;;;;; 0))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8597 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8598 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8600 \(fn)" nil nil)
8602 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8603 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8605 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8607 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8608 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8610 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8612 ;;;***
8614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21584 48809 507899 0))
8615 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8617 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8618 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8620 \(fn)" nil nil)
8622 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8623 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8624 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8626 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8628 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8629 (server (erc-compute-server))
8630 (port (erc-compute-port))
8631 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8632 password
8633 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8635 That is, if called with
8637 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8639 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8640 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8641 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8643 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8645 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8647 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8648 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8649 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8651 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8653 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8654 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8655 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8656 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8658 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8660 ;;;***
8662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8663 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8664 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8665 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8667 ;;;***
8669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8670 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8671 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8672 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8674 ;;;***
8676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8677 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8679 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8681 ;;;***
8683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8684 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8686 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8688 ;;;***
8690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8691 ;;;;;; 0))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8693 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8695 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8696 Parser for /dcc command.
8697 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8698 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8699 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8701 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8703 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8704 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8706 \(fn)" nil nil)
8708 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8709 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8711 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8712 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8713 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8714 that subcommand.
8716 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8718 ;;;***
8720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8721 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8723 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8725 ;;;***
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8728 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8731 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8732 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8734 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8736 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8737 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8738 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8739 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8741 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8743 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8746 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8748 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8749 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8751 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8753 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8754 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8756 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8758 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8759 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8761 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8763 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8764 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8766 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8768 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8769 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8771 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8773 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8774 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8776 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8778 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8779 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8781 \(fn)" nil nil)
8783 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8784 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8786 \(fn)" nil nil)
8788 ;;;***
8790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8791 ;;;;;; 0))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8793 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8795 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8796 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8797 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8799 \(fn)" nil nil)
8801 ;;;***
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8804 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8806 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8808 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8809 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8810 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8811 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8812 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8813 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8814 system.
8816 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8818 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8821 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8823 ;;;***
8825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8826 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8827 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8829 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8832 \(fn)" nil nil)
8834 ;;;***
8836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8837 ;;;;;; 0))
8838 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8839 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8841 ;;;***
8843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21308 46599 181916
8844 ;;;;;; 0))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8846 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8848 ;;;***
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8851 ;;;;;; 0))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8853 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8855 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8856 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8857 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8858 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8859 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8860 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8862 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8864 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8865 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8866 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8867 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8869 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8870 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8871 automatically.
8873 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8874 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8876 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8878 ;;;***
8880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
8881 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8882 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8883 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8885 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8886 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8888 \(fn)" t nil)
8890 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8891 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8893 \(fn)" t nil)
8895 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8896 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8898 \(fn)" t nil)
8900 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8901 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8903 \(fn)" t nil)
8905 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8906 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8908 \(fn)" t nil)
8910 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8911 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8913 \(fn)" t nil)
8915 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8916 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8918 \(fn)" t nil)
8920 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8921 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8923 \(fn)" t nil)
8925 ;;;***
8927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
8928 ;;;;;; 0))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8930 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8932 ;;;***
8934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
8935 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8936 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8937 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8939 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8940 Show who's gone.
8942 \(fn)" nil nil)
8944 ;;;***
8946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
8947 ;;;;;; 55795 711190 0))
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8950 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8951 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8952 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8953 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8955 \(fn)" nil nil)
8957 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8958 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8960 \(fn)" t nil)
8962 ;;;***
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
8965 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8967 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8969 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8970 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8971 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
8972 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8974 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8976 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8979 \(fn)" nil nil)
8981 ;;;***
8983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
8984 ;;;;;; 0))
8985 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8986 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8988 ;;;***
8990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
8991 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8993 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8995 ;;;***
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
8998 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9002 ;;;***
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21550 30640 287412
9005 ;;;;;; 0))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9009 ;;;***
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9012 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9016 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9017 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9019 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9021 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9022 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9023 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9025 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9027 ;;;***
9029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9030 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9034 ;;;***
9036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9037 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9038 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9041 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9042 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9044 \(fn)" t nil)
9046 ;;;***
9048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9049 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9050 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9051 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9053 ;;;***
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21546 33576
9056 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9058 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9060 ;;;***
9062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21586 4146
9063 ;;;;;; 376146 0))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9066 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9067 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9068 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9070 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9072 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9073 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9074 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9075 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9076 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9078 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9079 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9080 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9081 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9084 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9086 ;;;***
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9089 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9093 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9094 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9095 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9096 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9098 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9100 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9101 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9102 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9104 \(fn)" t nil)
9106 ;;;***
9108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9109 ;;;;;; 0))
9110 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9111 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9113 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9114 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9116 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9118 ;;;***
9120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21419 62246 751914
9121 ;;;;;; 0))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9124 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9125 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9127 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9128 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9130 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9131 useful for assertions in BODY.
9133 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9135 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9136 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9137 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9139 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9141 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9143 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9145 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9146 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9148 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9149 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9150 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9151 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9153 Returns the stats object.
9155 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9157 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9158 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9160 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9161 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9162 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9163 the tests).
9165 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9167 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9168 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9170 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9171 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9172 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9173 and how to display message.
9175 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9177 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9179 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9180 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9182 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9184 ;;;***
9186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9187 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9190 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9192 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9193 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9195 \(fn)" t nil)
9197 ;;;***
9199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9200 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9203 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9204 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9206 \(fn)" t nil)
9208 ;;;***
9210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21403 21396 190131
9211 ;;;;;; 14000))
9212 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9213 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9215 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9216 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9217 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9218 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9219 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9220 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9221 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9222 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9223 buffer selected (or created).
9225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9227 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9228 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9229 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9231 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9233 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9234 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9235 The result might be any Lisp object.
9236 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9237 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9238 corresponding to a successful execution.
9240 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9242 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9244 ;;;***
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9247 ;;;;;; 0))
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9250 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9251 File name of tags table.
9252 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9253 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9254 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9255 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9256 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9258 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9259 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9260 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9261 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9263 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9265 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9266 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9267 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9268 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9269 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9270 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9272 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9274 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9275 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9276 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9278 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9280 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9281 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9282 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9283 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9284 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9286 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9288 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9289 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9290 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9291 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9293 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9295 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9296 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9297 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9298 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9299 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9301 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9303 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9304 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9306 \(fn)" t nil)
9308 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9309 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9310 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9311 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9313 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9314 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9315 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9316 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9317 file the tag was in.
9319 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9321 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9322 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9323 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9324 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9325 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9326 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9327 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9328 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9329 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9331 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9333 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9334 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9335 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9336 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9337 without directory names.
9339 \(fn)" nil nil)
9340 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9341 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9342 (progn
9343 (load "etags")
9344 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9346 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9347 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9348 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9349 but does not select the buffer.
9350 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9352 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9353 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9354 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9355 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9356 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9358 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9360 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9361 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9362 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9364 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9366 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9368 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9369 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9370 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9371 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9373 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9374 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9375 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9376 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9377 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9379 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9381 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9382 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9383 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9385 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9387 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9388 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9390 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9391 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9392 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9393 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9394 around or before point.
9396 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9397 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9398 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9399 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9400 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9402 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9404 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9405 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9406 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9408 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9410 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9411 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9413 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9414 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9415 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9416 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9417 around or before point.
9419 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9420 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9421 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9422 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9423 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9425 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9427 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9428 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9429 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9431 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9433 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9434 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9436 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9437 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9438 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9440 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9441 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9442 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9443 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9444 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9446 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9448 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9449 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9450 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9452 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9454 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9455 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9456 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9458 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9459 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9461 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9462 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9463 where they were found.
9465 \(fn)" t nil)
9467 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9468 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9470 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9471 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9472 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9474 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9475 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9477 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9478 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9480 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9482 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9483 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9484 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9485 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9487 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9488 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9489 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9490 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9491 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9493 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9494 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9496 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9497 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9498 Stops when a match is found.
9499 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9501 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9502 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9503 restricted to these files.
9505 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9507 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9509 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9510 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9511 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9512 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9513 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9514 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9515 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9516 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9518 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9519 produce the list of files to search.
9521 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9523 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9525 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9526 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9527 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9528 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9529 directory specification.
9531 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9533 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9534 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9536 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9538 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9539 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9540 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9541 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9543 \(fn)" t nil)
9545 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9546 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9547 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9548 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9549 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9551 \(fn)" t nil)
9553 ;;;***
9555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9556 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9557 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9559 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9562 \(fn)" nil nil)
9564 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9565 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9567 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9568 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9570 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9571 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9572 primary language.
9574 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9575 even if the buffer is read-only.
9577 See also the descriptions of the variables
9578 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9580 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9582 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9583 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9585 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9586 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9588 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9589 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9590 primary language.
9592 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9593 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9595 See also the descriptions of the variables
9596 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9598 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9600 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9601 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9602 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9603 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9605 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9607 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9608 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9609 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9610 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9612 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9613 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9614 primary language.
9616 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9617 buffer is read-only.
9619 See also the descriptions of the variables
9620 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9621 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9623 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9625 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9626 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9628 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9629 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9631 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9632 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9633 the primary language.
9635 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9636 buffer is read-only.
9638 See also the descriptions of the variables
9639 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9640 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9642 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9645 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9646 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9648 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9650 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9651 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9653 \(fn)" t nil)
9655 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9656 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9658 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9659 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9660 be 1, 2, or 3.
9662 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9663 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9664 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9666 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9668 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9670 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9671 This function is deprecated.
9673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9675 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9676 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9678 \(fn)" t nil)
9680 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9681 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9683 \(fn)" t nil)
9685 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9686 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9688 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9689 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9691 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9692 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9694 \(fn)" nil nil)
9696 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9697 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9699 \(fn)" nil nil)
9701 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9702 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9704 \(fn)" nil nil)
9706 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9707 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9709 \(fn)" nil nil)
9711 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9712 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9713 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9715 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9717 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9720 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9722 ;;;***
9724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9725 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9727 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9728 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9729 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9730 server for future sessions.
9732 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9734 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9735 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9736 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9738 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9740 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9741 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9742 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9744 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9746 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9747 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9748 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9749 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9750 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9751 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9752 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9753 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9754 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9755 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9756 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9757 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9759 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9761 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9762 Display a form to query the directory server.
9763 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9764 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9766 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9768 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9769 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9770 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9772 \(fn)" t nil)
9774 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9776 ;;;***
9778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9779 ;;;;;; 0))
9780 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9782 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9783 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9785 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9787 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9788 Display URL and make it clickable.
9790 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9792 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9793 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9795 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9797 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9798 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9800 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9802 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9803 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9805 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9807 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9808 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9810 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9812 ;;;***
9814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9815 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9816 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9818 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9819 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9820 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9822 \(fn)" t nil)
9824 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9825 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9827 \(fn)" t nil)
9829 ;;;***
9831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9832 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9833 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9835 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9836 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9838 \(fn)" t nil)
9840 ;;;***
9842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9843 ;;;;;; 0))
9844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9846 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9847 Create an empty ewoc.
9849 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9851 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9852 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9853 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9854 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9855 `insert-before-markers'.
9857 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9858 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9859 respectively, of the ewoc.
9861 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9862 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9863 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9865 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9867 ;;;***
9869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
9870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9872 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9873 Fetch URL and render the page.
9874 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9875 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9877 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9878 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9880 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9881 Render a file using EWW.
9883 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9885 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9888 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9890 ;;;***
9892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
9893 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9896 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9897 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9898 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9900 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9902 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9903 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9904 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9905 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9906 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9908 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9910 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9911 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9912 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9913 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9914 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9915 executable.
9917 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9919 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9920 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9921 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9923 \(fn)" t nil)
9925 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9926 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9927 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9928 file modes.
9930 \(fn)" nil nil)
9932 ;;;***
9934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9935 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9937 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9938 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
9939 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9940 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9942 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9944 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9945 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9946 to generate such functions.
9948 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9949 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9950 beginning of the expanded text.
9952 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9953 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9954 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9955 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9957 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9959 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9961 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9962 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9963 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9965 \(fn)" nil nil)
9967 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9968 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9969 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9971 \(fn)" t nil)
9973 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9974 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9975 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9977 \(fn)" t nil)
9978 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9979 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9981 ;;;***
9983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21429 11690 49391
9984 ;;;;;; 0))
9985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9987 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9988 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9989 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9991 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9992 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9993 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9995 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9997 Key definitions:
9998 \\{f90-mode-map}
10000 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10002 `f90-do-indent'
10003 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10004 `f90-if-indent'
10005 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10006 `f90-type-indent'
10007 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10008 `f90-program-indent'
10009 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10010 (default 2).
10011 `f90-associate-indent'
10012 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10013 `f90-critical-indent'
10014 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10015 `f90-continuation-indent'
10016 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10017 `f90-comment-region'
10018 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10019 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10020 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10021 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10022 (default \"!\").
10023 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10024 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10025 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10026 `f90-break-delimiters'
10027 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10028 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10029 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10030 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10031 (default t).
10032 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10033 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10034 `f90-smart-end'
10035 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10036 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10037 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10038 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10039 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10040 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10041 `f90-leave-line-no'
10042 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10044 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10045 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10047 \(fn)" t nil)
10049 ;;;***
10051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10052 ;;;;;; 0))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10055 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10056 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10057 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10058 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10060 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10061 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10062 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10063 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10064 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10066 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10067 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10068 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10069 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10070 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10071 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10072 attributes.
10074 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10075 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10077 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10079 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10080 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10081 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10082 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10084 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10086 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10087 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10088 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10089 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10091 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10092 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10093 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10095 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10096 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10097 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10098 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10100 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10102 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10103 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10104 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10106 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10107 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10108 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10109 the same amount).
10111 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10113 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10114 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10115 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10117 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10118 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10119 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10120 will remove any scaling currently active.
10122 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10124 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10125 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10126 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10128 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10129 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10130 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10131 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10132 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10134 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10135 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10137 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10139 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10140 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10142 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10143 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10144 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10146 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10147 the face height as long as the input event read
10148 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10150 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10151 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10152 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10153 will remove any scaling currently active.
10155 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10156 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10157 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10158 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10159 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10161 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10163 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10164 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10165 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10166 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10167 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10168 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10172 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10173 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10174 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10175 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10176 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10177 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10178 `buffer-face-mode'.
10180 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10181 local, and sets it to FACE.
10183 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10185 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10186 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10187 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10188 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10189 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10190 `face' text property.
10192 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10193 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10194 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10195 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10197 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10198 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10200 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10202 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10203 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10204 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10205 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10209 ;;;***
10211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10212 ;;;;;; 0))
10213 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10214 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10216 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10217 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10218 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10219 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10221 \(fn)" nil nil)
10223 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10224 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10228 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10229 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10230 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10231 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10235 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10236 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10237 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10238 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10239 backup file names and the like).
10241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10243 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10244 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10245 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10246 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10247 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10248 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10249 internally by feedmail):
10251 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10252 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10253 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10254 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10256 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10257 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10258 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10259 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10260 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10262 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10264 ;;;***
10266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10269 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10270 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10271 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10272 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10273 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10274 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10275 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10277 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10279 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10280 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10281 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10282 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10283 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10284 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10285 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10287 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10289 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10291 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10292 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10293 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10294 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10295 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10296 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10298 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10300 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10301 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10302 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10303 Return value:
10304 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10305 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10306 * otherwise, nil
10308 \(fn E)" t nil)
10310 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10311 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10312 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10314 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10316 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10317 Try to get a file name at point.
10318 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10320 \(fn)" nil nil)
10322 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10323 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10325 \(fn)" t nil)
10327 ;;;***
10329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10330 ;;;;;; 0))
10331 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10333 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10334 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10335 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10336 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10338 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10340 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10341 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10342 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10343 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10344 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10345 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10347 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10349 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10350 Add FILE to the file cache.
10352 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10354 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10355 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10356 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10358 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10360 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10361 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10362 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10364 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10366 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10367 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10368 This function does not use any external programs.
10369 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10370 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10371 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10373 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10376 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10377 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10378 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10379 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10380 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10381 \(directories) is done.
10383 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10385 ;;;***
10387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10388 ;;;;;; 0))
10389 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10391 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10392 Handle file system monitoring event.
10393 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10394 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10396 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10398 ;;;***
10400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10401 ;;;;;; 0))
10402 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10404 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10405 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10407 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10408 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10409 Local Variables list.
10411 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10412 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10413 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10415 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10417 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10418 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10420 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10422 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10423 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10425 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10426 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10427 the -*- line.
10429 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10430 then this function adds it.
10432 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10434 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10435 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10437 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10439 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10440 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10442 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10444 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10445 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10447 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10449 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10450 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10452 \(fn)" t nil)
10454 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10455 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10457 \(fn)" t nil)
10459 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10460 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10462 \(fn)" t nil)
10464 ;;;***
10466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10467 ;;;;;; 0))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10470 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10471 Filesets initialization.
10472 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10474 \(fn)" nil nil)
10476 ;;;***
10478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21539 60334 648861
10479 ;;;;;; 0))
10480 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10481 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10483 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10484 Initiate the building of a find command.
10485 For example:
10487 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10488 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10489 (mtime \"+1\"))
10490 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10492 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10493 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10495 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10497 ;;;***
10499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10500 ;;;;;; 0))
10501 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10503 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10504 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10505 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10507 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10509 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10510 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10512 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10514 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10515 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10516 and run Dired on those files.
10517 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10518 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10520 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10522 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10524 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10526 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10527 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10528 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10530 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10531 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10533 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10534 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10536 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10538 ;;;***
10540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10541 ;;;;;; 0))
10542 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10544 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10545 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10546 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10547 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10548 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10549 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10550 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10552 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10554 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10555 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10556 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10558 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10560 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10562 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10564 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10565 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10566 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10568 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10569 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10571 Variables of interest include:
10573 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10574 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10575 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10577 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10578 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10579 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10581 - `ff-ignore-include'
10582 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10584 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10585 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10587 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10588 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10590 - `ff-special-constructs'
10591 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10592 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10593 extracting the filename from that construct.
10595 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10596 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10598 - `ff-search-directories'
10599 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10600 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10602 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10603 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10605 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10606 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10608 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10609 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10611 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10612 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10614 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10615 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10617 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10619 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10620 Visit the file you click on.
10622 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10624 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10625 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10627 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10629 ;;;***
10631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21419
10632 ;;;;;; 62246 751914 0))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10635 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10636 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10637 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10639 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10641 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10642 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10643 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10644 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10646 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10647 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10648 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10649 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10651 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10653 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10654 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10656 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10657 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10658 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10659 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10661 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10662 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10663 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10665 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10666 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10667 in `load-path'.
10669 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10671 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10672 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10674 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10675 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10676 places point before the definition.
10677 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10679 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10680 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10681 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10683 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10685 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10686 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10688 See `find-function' for more details.
10690 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10692 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10693 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10695 See `find-function' for more details.
10697 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10699 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10700 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10702 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10703 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10704 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10706 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10707 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10709 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10711 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10712 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10714 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10715 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10716 places point before the definition.
10718 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10720 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10721 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10722 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10724 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10726 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10727 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10729 See `find-variable' for more details.
10731 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10733 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10734 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10736 See `find-variable' for more details.
10738 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10740 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10741 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10742 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10743 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10744 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10745 buffer nor display it.
10747 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10748 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10750 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10752 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10753 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10755 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10756 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10757 places point before the definition.
10759 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10761 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10762 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10763 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10765 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10767 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10768 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10769 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10771 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10773 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10774 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10776 \(fn)" t nil)
10778 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10779 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10781 \(fn)" t nil)
10783 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10784 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10786 \(fn)" nil nil)
10788 ;;;***
10790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10791 ;;;;;; 0))
10792 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10794 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10795 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10797 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10799 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10800 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10802 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10804 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10805 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10807 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10809 ;;;***
10811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21429 11690 49391 0))
10812 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10813 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10815 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10816 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10818 \(fn)" t nil)
10820 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10821 Display FILE's commentary section.
10822 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10824 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10826 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10827 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10829 \(fn)" t nil)
10831 ;;;***
10833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10834 ;;;;;; 0))
10835 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10837 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10838 Toggle flow control handling.
10839 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10840 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10842 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10844 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10845 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10846 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10847 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10848 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10849 to get the effect of a C-q.
10851 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10853 ;;;***
10855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10856 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10859 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10862 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10864 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10867 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10869 ;;;***
10871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10872 ;;;;;; 799897 0))
10873 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10874 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10876 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10877 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10878 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10879 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10880 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10881 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10885 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10886 Turn flymake mode on.
10888 \(fn)" nil nil)
10890 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10891 Turn flymake mode off.
10893 \(fn)" nil nil)
10895 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10898 \(fn)" nil nil)
10900 ;;;***
10902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
10903 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
10904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10906 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10907 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10909 \(fn)" t nil)
10910 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10912 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10913 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10914 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10915 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10916 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10918 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10919 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10920 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10922 Bindings:
10923 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10924 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10925 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10926 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10928 Hooks:
10929 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10931 Remark:
10932 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10933 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10934 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10936 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10937 consider adding:
10938 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10939 in your init file.
10941 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10942 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10944 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10946 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10947 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10949 \(fn)" nil nil)
10951 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10952 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10954 \(fn)" nil nil)
10956 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10957 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10959 \(fn)" nil nil)
10961 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10962 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10964 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10966 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10967 Flyspell whole buffer.
10969 \(fn)" t nil)
10971 ;;;***
10973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
10974 ;;;;;; 0))
10975 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
10976 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
10978 ;;;***
10980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
10981 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10983 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10984 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10986 \(fn)" nil nil)
10988 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10989 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10991 \(fn)" nil nil)
10993 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10994 Toggle Follow mode.
10995 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
10996 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10997 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10999 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11000 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11002 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11003 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11004 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11006 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11007 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11008 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11009 movement commands.
11011 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11012 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11013 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11014 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11015 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11016 mileage may vary).
11018 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11019 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11021 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11023 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11025 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11026 \\{follow-mode-map}
11028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11030 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11031 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11033 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11034 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11035 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11036 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11037 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11038 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11040 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11041 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11042 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11046 ;;;***
11048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11049 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11051 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11053 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11054 Toggle Footnote mode.
11055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11056 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11057 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11059 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11060 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11061 play around with the following keys:
11062 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11066 ;;;***
11068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11069 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11071 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11072 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11074 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11075 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11076 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11077 C-c < forms-first-record <
11078 C-c > forms-last-record >
11079 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11080 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11081 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11082 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11083 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11084 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11085 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11086 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11087 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11088 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11090 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11092 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11093 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11095 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11097 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11098 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11100 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11102 ;;;***
11104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11105 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11108 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11109 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11110 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11112 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11113 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11115 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11117 Key definitions:
11118 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11120 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11122 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11123 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11124 `fortran-do-indent'
11125 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11126 `fortran-if-indent'
11127 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11128 `fortran-structure-indent'
11129 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11130 (default 3)
11131 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11132 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11133 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11134 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11135 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11136 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11137 nil don't change the indentation
11138 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11139 value of either
11140 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11141 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11142 depending on the continuation format in use.
11143 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11144 indentation for a line of code.
11145 (default 'fixed)
11146 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11147 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11148 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11149 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11150 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11151 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11152 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11153 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11154 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11155 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11156 column 5.
11157 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11158 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11159 statements (default nil).
11160 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11161 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11162 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11163 `fortran-continuation-string'
11164 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11165 line (default \"$\").
11166 `fortran-comment-region'
11167 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11168 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11169 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11170 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11171 as typed (default t).
11172 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11173 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11175 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11176 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11178 \(fn)" t nil)
11180 ;;;***
11182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11183 ;;;;;; 0))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11186 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11187 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11189 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11190 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11192 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11194 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11195 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11197 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11198 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11200 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11202 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11203 Compile fortune file.
11205 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11206 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11208 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11210 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11211 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11213 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11214 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11215 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11216 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11218 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11220 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11221 Display a fortune cookie.
11222 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11223 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11224 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11225 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11227 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11229 ;;;***
11231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21549 9768 351453
11232 ;;;;;; 0))
11233 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11235 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11236 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11237 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11239 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11240 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11241 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11243 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11244 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11246 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11247 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11249 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11250 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11251 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11252 intend to modify existing values, do
11254 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11256 before changing anything.
11258 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11259 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11261 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11262 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11263 to restore the frame.
11265 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11266 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11267 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11269 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11270 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11271 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11272 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11273 FILTER A filter function.
11275 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11276 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11278 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11280 where
11282 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11283 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11284 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11285 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11286 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11287 before restoring it.
11288 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11290 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11291 It must return:
11292 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11293 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11294 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11296 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11297 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11299 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11300 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11301 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11302 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11303 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11304 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11305 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11307 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11309 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11310 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11312 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11314 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11315 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11316 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11317 If nil, check all live frames.
11319 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11321 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11322 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11323 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11324 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11325 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11326 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11327 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11328 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11329 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11330 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11331 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11333 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11335 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11336 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11338 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11339 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11340 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11341 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11342 and window-state is not restored.
11344 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11345 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11347 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11348 t All existing frames can be reused.
11349 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11350 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11351 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11352 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11354 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11355 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11356 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11357 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11358 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11359 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11360 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11361 be created from that parameter alist.
11363 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11364 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11365 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11366 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11367 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11368 - the live frame just restored,
11369 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11370 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11371 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11373 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11374 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11375 nil Keep all frames.
11376 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11377 - FRAME, a live frame.
11378 - ACTION, which can be one of
11379 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11380 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11381 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11382 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11383 Return value is ignored.
11385 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11386 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11387 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11388 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11389 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11391 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11393 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11395 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11396 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11397 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11399 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11401 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11402 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11403 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11405 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11407 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11408 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11409 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11410 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11412 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11414 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11416 ;;;***
11418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11419 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11420 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11421 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11423 ;;;***
11425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21350 58112
11426 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
11427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11429 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11430 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11431 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11433 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11435 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11436 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11437 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11438 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11439 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11440 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11441 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11445 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11446 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11447 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11448 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11450 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11451 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11452 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11453 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11454 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11456 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11457 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11458 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11459 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11461 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11462 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11463 shown in some of the buffers.
11465 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11467 The following commands help control operation :
11469 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11470 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11472 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11473 detailed description of this mode.
11476 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11477 | GDB Toolbar |
11478 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11479 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11480 | | |
11481 | | |
11482 | | |
11483 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11484 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11485 | | (comint-mode) |
11486 | | |
11487 | | |
11488 | | |
11489 | | |
11490 | | |
11491 | | |
11492 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11493 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11494 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11495 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11496 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11497 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11499 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11501 ;;;***
11503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11504 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11505 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11507 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11508 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11509 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11510 instead (which see).")
11512 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11513 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11515 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11516 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11517 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11518 documentation string instead.
11520 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11521 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11522 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11523 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11524 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11525 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11526 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11527 enders are actually possible.
11529 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11530 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11532 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11533 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11534 `font-lock-keywords'.
11536 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11537 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11538 runs the macro expansion.
11540 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11541 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11542 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11544 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11546 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11548 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11550 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11552 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11553 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11555 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11558 Enter generic mode MODE.
11560 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11561 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11562 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11564 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11565 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11567 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11569 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11570 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11571 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11572 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11573 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11574 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11575 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11576 `font-lock-keywords'.
11578 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11580 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11582 ;;;***
11584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11585 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11586 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11588 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11589 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11591 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11592 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11593 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11597 ;;;***
11599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21326 22692
11600 ;;;;;; 123234 0))
11601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11603 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11604 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11605 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11607 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11609 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11610 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11612 Guideline for numbers:
11613 1 - error messages
11614 3 - non-serious error messages
11615 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11616 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11617 9 - messages inside loops.
11619 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11621 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11622 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11623 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11625 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11627 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11628 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11630 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11632 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11633 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11635 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11636 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11637 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11638 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11639 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11640 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11642 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11643 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11644 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11645 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11646 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11648 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11650 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11652 ;;;***
11654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21582 7079 522747 0))
11655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11656 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11657 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11658 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11660 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11661 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11665 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11666 Read network news.
11667 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11668 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11669 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11670 name of an NNTP server to use.
11671 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11672 server.
11674 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11676 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11677 Read news as a slave.
11679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11681 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11682 Pop up a frame to read news.
11683 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11684 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11685 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11686 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11687 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11688 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11689 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11690 current display is used.
11692 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11694 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11695 Read network news.
11696 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11697 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11698 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11700 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11702 ;;;***
11704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21274 64565
11705 ;;;;;; 737222 0))
11706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11708 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11709 Start Gnus unplugged.
11711 \(fn)" t nil)
11713 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11714 Start Gnus plugged.
11716 \(fn)" t nil)
11718 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11719 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11723 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11724 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11726 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11727 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11728 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11730 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11731 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11732 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11734 \(fn)" t nil)
11736 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11737 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11739 \(fn)" nil nil)
11741 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11742 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11743 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11744 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11745 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11746 supported.
11748 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11750 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11751 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11752 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11753 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11754 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11755 supported.
11757 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11759 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11762 \(fn)" nil nil)
11764 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11766 downloaded into the agent.
11768 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11770 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11771 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11772 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11773 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11775 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11777 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11778 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11780 \(fn)" t nil)
11782 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11783 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11785 \(fn)" t nil)
11787 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11789 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11791 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11793 ;;;***
11795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21546 33576
11796 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11799 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11800 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11802 \(fn)" nil nil)
11804 ;;;***
11806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11807 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11808 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11810 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11811 Set a bookmark for this article.
11813 \(fn)" t nil)
11815 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11816 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11818 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11820 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11821 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11822 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11823 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11824 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11826 \(fn)" t nil)
11828 ;;;***
11830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21296 1575
11831 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
11832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11834 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11835 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11837 Usage:
11838 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11840 \(fn)" t nil)
11842 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11843 Generate the cache active file.
11845 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11847 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11848 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11850 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11852 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11853 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11854 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11855 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11856 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11857 supported.
11859 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11861 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11862 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11863 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11864 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11865 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11866 supported.
11868 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11870 ;;;***
11872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21584 48809
11873 ;;;;;; 507899 0))
11874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11876 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11877 Delay this article by some time.
11878 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11880 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11881 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11883 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11884 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11886 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11887 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11889 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11891 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11892 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11894 \(fn)" t nil)
11896 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11897 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11898 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11899 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11901 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11902 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11904 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11906 ;;;***
11908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11909 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11912 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11915 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11917 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11920 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11922 ;;;***
11924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
11925 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11928 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11929 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11933 ;;;***
11935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
11936 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11939 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11940 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11942 \(fn)" t nil)
11944 ;;;***
11946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21546 33576
11947 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
11948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11950 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
11951 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
11953 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
11955 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
11957 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11958 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11960 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
11962 \(fn)" t nil)
11964 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11965 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11967 \(fn)" t nil)
11969 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11970 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
11972 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11973 different input formats.
11975 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11977 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11978 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
11980 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11981 different input formats.
11983 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11985 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11986 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11987 The PNG is returned as a string.
11989 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11991 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11992 Convert FILE to a Face.
11993 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11994 726 bytes.
11996 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11998 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
11999 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12001 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12003 \(fn)" t nil)
12005 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12006 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12008 \(fn)" nil nil)
12010 ;;;***
12012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12013 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12016 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12017 Display gravatar in the From header.
12018 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12020 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12022 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12023 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12024 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12026 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12028 ;;;***
12030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21296 1575
12031 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12034 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12035 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12036 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12037 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12039 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12041 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12042 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12044 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12046 ;;;***
12048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21296 1575
12049 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12050 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12052 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12055 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12057 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12060 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12062 ;;;***
12064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12065 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12068 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12070 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12071 Run batched scoring.
12072 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12074 \(fn)" t nil)
12076 ;;;***
12078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12079 ;;;;;; 0))
12080 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12082 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12085 \(fn)" nil nil)
12087 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12088 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12089 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12091 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12093 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12094 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12096 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12100 ;;;***
12102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21296 1575
12103 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12106 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12107 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12108 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12109 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12110 group parameters.
12112 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12113 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12114 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12115 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12117 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12118 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12119 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12120 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12121 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12122 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12123 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12124 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12125 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12126 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12128 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12130 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12131 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12132 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12133 nil CATCH-ALL).
12135 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12136 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12138 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12140 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12141 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12142 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12144 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12146 \(fn)" nil nil)
12148 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12149 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12150 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12152 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12154 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12155 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12156 existing groups are considered.
12158 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12159 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12160 returned.
12162 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12163 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12164 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12165 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12166 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12167 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12168 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12169 clauses will be generated.
12171 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12172 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12173 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12174 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12175 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12176 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12178 For example, given the following group parameters:
12180 nnml:mail.bar:
12181 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12182 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12183 nnml:mail.foo:
12184 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12185 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12186 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12187 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12188 nnml:mail.others:
12189 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12191 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12193 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12194 \"mail.bar\")
12195 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12196 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12197 \"mail.others\")
12199 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12201 ;;;***
12203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21467 26920
12204 ;;;;;; 243336 0))
12205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12207 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12208 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12209 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12210 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12211 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12212 instead.
12214 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12216 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12217 Mail to ADDRESS.
12219 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12221 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12222 Like `message-reply'.
12224 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12226 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12228 ;;;***
12230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12231 ;;;;;; (21296 1575 438327 0))
12232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12234 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12235 Send a notification on new message.
12236 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12237 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12238 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12240 This is typically a function to add in
12241 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12243 \(fn)" nil nil)
12245 ;;;***
12247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21296 1575
12248 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12251 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12252 Display picons in the From header.
12253 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12255 \(fn)" t nil)
12257 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12258 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12259 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12261 \(fn)" t nil)
12263 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12264 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12265 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12267 \(fn)" t nil)
12269 ;;;***
12271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12272 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12275 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12276 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12277 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12278 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12280 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12282 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12283 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12284 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12285 LIST1 is modified.
12287 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12289 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12290 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12291 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12293 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12295 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12298 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12300 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12301 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12302 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12304 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12306 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12307 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12308 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12310 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12312 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12314 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12315 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12316 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12318 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12320 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12321 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12322 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12324 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12326 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12327 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12328 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12330 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12332 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12333 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12335 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12337 ;;;***
12339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21350
12340 ;;;;;; 58112 380040 0))
12341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12343 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12344 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12346 \(fn)" t nil)
12348 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12349 Install the registry hooks.
12351 \(fn)" t nil)
12353 ;;;***
12355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12356 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12359 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12360 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12361 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12362 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12363 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12364 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12366 \(fn)" t nil)
12368 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12369 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12370 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12371 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12372 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12374 \(fn)" t nil)
12376 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12379 \(fn)" t nil)
12381 ;;;***
12383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21296 1575
12384 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12387 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12388 Update the format specification near point.
12390 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12392 ;;;***
12394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21566 18857
12395 ;;;;;; 282099 0))
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12398 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12399 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12401 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12403 ;;;***
12405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21584 48809
12406 ;;;;;; 507899 0))
12407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12409 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12410 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12411 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12413 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12415 ;;;***
12417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12418 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12421 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12422 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12424 \(fn)" t nil)
12426 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12427 Install the sync hooks.
12429 \(fn)" t nil)
12431 ;;;***
12433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12434 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12437 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12438 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12440 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12442 ;;;***
12444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21570 15914 957442
12445 ;;;;;; 0))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12448 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12449 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12450 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12451 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12452 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12453 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12455 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12457 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12459 ;;;***
12461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12462 ;;;;;; 0))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12465 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12466 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12468 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12469 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12470 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12472 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12473 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12474 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12476 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12477 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12479 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12480 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12482 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12484 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12486 ;;;***
12488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12489 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
12490 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12492 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12494 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12495 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12496 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12497 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12498 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12500 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12502 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12503 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12504 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12505 or to send e-mail.
12506 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12507 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12509 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12510 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12512 \(fn)" t nil)
12513 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12515 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12516 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12518 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12519 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12523 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12524 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12528 ;;;***
12530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21296 1575 438327
12531 ;;;;;; 0))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12534 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12535 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12536 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12538 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12540 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12541 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12543 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12545 ;;;***
12547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21542 36519 256429
12548 ;;;;;; 0))
12549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12551 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12552 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12554 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12556 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12557 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12558 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12559 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12560 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12562 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12563 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12564 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12566 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12568 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12569 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12570 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12571 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12572 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12574 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12576 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12577 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12579 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12581 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12582 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12584 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12585 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12586 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12588 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12589 The default find program.
12590 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12591 and others.")
12593 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12594 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12595 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12596 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12598 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12599 How to invoke find and grep.
12600 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12601 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12602 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12603 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12605 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12607 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12608 History list for grep.")
12610 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12611 History list for grep-find.")
12613 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12614 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12615 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12617 \(fn)" nil nil)
12619 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12622 \(fn)" nil nil)
12624 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12625 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12627 \(fn)" nil nil)
12629 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12630 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12631 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12632 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12633 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12635 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12636 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12638 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12639 can easily repeat a grep command.
12641 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12642 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12643 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12644 list is empty).
12646 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12648 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12649 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12650 Collect output in a buffer.
12651 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12652 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12654 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12655 easily repeat a find command.
12657 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12659 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12661 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12662 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12663 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12664 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12665 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12667 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12668 before it is executed.
12669 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12671 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12672 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12673 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12675 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12677 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12679 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12680 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12681 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12682 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12683 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12685 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12686 before it is executed.
12687 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12689 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12690 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12691 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12692 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12694 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12696 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12697 to specify a command to run.
12699 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12701 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12702 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12703 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12704 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12706 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12708 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12710 ;;;***
12712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12715 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12716 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12717 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12718 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12719 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12721 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12723 ;;;***
12725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21549 9768 351453
12726 ;;;;;; 0))
12727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12729 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12730 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12731 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12732 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12734 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12736 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12737 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12738 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12739 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12741 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12743 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12744 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12745 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12746 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12748 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12750 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12751 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12752 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12753 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12755 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12756 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12758 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12760 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12761 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12762 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12763 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12765 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12767 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12768 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12769 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12770 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12772 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12774 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12775 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12776 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12777 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12779 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12781 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12782 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12783 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12784 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12785 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12787 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12788 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12789 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12790 original source file access method.
12792 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12793 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12795 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12797 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12798 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12800 \(fn)" t nil)
12802 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12803 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12804 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12807 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12809 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12811 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12812 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12815 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12819 ;;;***
12821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21588 45860 859392
12822 ;;;;;; 0))
12823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12825 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12826 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12827 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12828 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12829 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12830 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12831 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12832 set it to.
12833 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12835 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12837 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12838 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12839 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12840 of PLACE.
12841 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12842 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12843 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12844 and SETTER.
12845 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12846 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12848 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12850 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12852 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12853 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12854 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12855 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12856 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12858 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12860 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12862 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12865 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12867 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12869 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12871 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12872 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12873 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12874 well for simple place forms.
12875 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12876 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12877 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12878 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12879 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12880 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12881 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12883 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12885 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12887 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12888 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12889 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12890 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12891 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12893 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12894 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12895 (let ((temp VAL))
12896 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12897 temp)
12898 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12900 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12902 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12903 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12904 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12905 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12906 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12907 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12909 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12911 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12913 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12914 Return a reference to PLACE.
12915 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12916 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12917 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12918 binding mode.
12920 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12922 ;;;***
12924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12925 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
12926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12928 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12929 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12930 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12931 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12933 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12934 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12935 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12936 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12938 \(fn)" t nil)
12940 ;;;***
12942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
12943 ;;;;;; 0))
12944 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12946 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12947 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12949 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12951 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12952 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12953 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12954 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12956 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12958 \(fn)" t nil)
12960 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12961 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12962 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12963 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12964 to be updated.
12966 \(fn)" t nil)
12968 ;;;***
12970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21296 1575 438327
12971 ;;;;;; 0))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12974 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12975 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12977 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12979 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12980 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12981 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12985 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12986 Verify a hashcash payment
12988 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12990 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12991 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12992 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12993 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12994 `mail-add-payment-async').
12996 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12998 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12999 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13000 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13001 Calculation is asynchronous.
13003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13005 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13006 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13007 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13011 ;;;***
13013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13014 ;;;;;; 0))
13015 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13017 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13018 Return the help-echo string at point.
13019 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13020 property, or nil, is returned.
13021 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13022 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13023 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13025 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13027 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13028 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13029 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13030 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13031 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13033 \(fn)" nil nil)
13035 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13036 Display local help in the echo area.
13037 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13038 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13039 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13040 printed instead.
13042 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13043 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13044 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13046 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13048 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13049 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13050 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13052 \(fn)" t nil)
13054 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13055 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13056 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13058 \(fn)" t nil)
13060 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13061 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13062 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13063 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13064 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13065 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13066 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13067 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13068 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13069 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13070 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13072 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13073 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13074 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13075 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13076 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13078 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13079 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13080 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13081 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13082 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13083 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13084 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13085 The default is `never'.")
13087 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13089 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13090 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13091 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13092 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13093 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13094 considered different regions.
13096 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13097 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13098 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13099 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13100 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13101 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13102 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13103 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13104 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13106 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13108 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13109 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13110 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13111 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13112 different regions.
13114 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13115 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13116 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13117 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13118 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13119 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13120 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13121 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13123 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13124 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13125 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13126 rarely happens in practice.
13128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13130 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13131 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13132 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13133 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13134 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13135 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13139 ;;;***
13141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21419 62246 751914
13142 ;;;;;; 0))
13143 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13145 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13146 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13148 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13150 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13151 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13152 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13154 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13156 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13157 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13158 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13159 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13160 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13161 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13162 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13163 search for a function definition.
13165 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13166 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13167 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13168 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13169 suitable file is found, return nil.
13171 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13173 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13176 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13178 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13179 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13180 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13181 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13183 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13185 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13186 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13187 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13188 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13189 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13190 it is displayed along with the global value.
13192 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13194 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13195 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13196 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13197 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13199 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13201 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13202 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13203 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13204 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13205 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13207 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13209 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13210 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13212 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13214 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13215 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13217 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13219 ;;;***
13221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13222 ;;;;;; 0))
13223 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13225 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13226 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13227 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13228 window listing and describing the options.
13229 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13230 gives the window that lists the options.")
13232 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13234 ;;;***
13236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13237 ;;;;;; 0))
13238 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13240 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13241 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13242 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13243 Commands:
13244 \\{help-mode-map}
13246 \(fn)" t nil)
13248 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13251 \(fn)" nil nil)
13253 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13256 \(fn)" nil nil)
13258 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13259 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13261 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13262 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13263 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13264 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13266 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13267 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13268 restore it properly when going back.
13270 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13272 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13273 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13274 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13275 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13276 from `help-mode'.
13277 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13278 it does not already exist.
13280 \(fn)" nil nil)
13282 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13283 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13285 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13286 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13287 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13288 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13289 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13290 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13291 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13292 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13294 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13295 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13296 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13297 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13299 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13300 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13301 that.
13303 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13305 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13306 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13307 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13308 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13309 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13310 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13312 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13314 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13315 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13316 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13317 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13318 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13320 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13322 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13323 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13325 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13327 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13328 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13329 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13330 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13332 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13334 ;;;***
13336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13337 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13340 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13341 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13343 \(fn)" t nil)
13345 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13346 Provide help for current mode.
13348 \(fn)" t nil)
13350 ;;;***
13352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
13353 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13355 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13356 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13357 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13358 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13359 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13361 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13362 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13364 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13365 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13366 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13367 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13369 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13370 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13371 periods.
13373 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13374 in hexl format.
13376 A sample format:
13378 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13379 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13380 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13381 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13382 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13383 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13384 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13385 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13386 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13387 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13388 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13389 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13390 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13391 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13392 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13394 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13395 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13396 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13398 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13399 also supported.
13401 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13403 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13404 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13405 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13407 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13408 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13409 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13411 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13412 into the buffer at the current point.
13414 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13415 into the buffer at the current point.
13417 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13418 into the buffer at the current point.
13420 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13422 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13423 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13425 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13427 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13431 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13432 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13433 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13434 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13436 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13438 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13439 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13440 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13442 \(fn)" t nil)
13444 ;;;***
13446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21383 2343 498187 0))
13447 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13449 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13450 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13451 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13452 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13453 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13455 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13456 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13457 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13458 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13460 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13461 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13462 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13463 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13465 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13466 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13467 which can be called interactively, are:
13469 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13470 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13472 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13473 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13474 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13475 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13477 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13478 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13480 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13481 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13482 available face automatically.
13484 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13485 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13487 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13488 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13489 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13490 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13491 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13492 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13493 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13494 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13495 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13496 function returns t.
13498 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13499 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13501 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13502 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13503 form:
13504 Hi-lock: FOO
13506 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13507 position (number of characters into buffer)
13508 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13509 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13510 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13514 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13515 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13516 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13517 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13518 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13519 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13521 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13523 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13524 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13525 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13526 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13527 ARG is omitted or nil.
13529 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13530 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13531 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13535 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13537 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13538 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13539 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13540 Use the global history list for FACE.
13542 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13543 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13544 highlighting will not update as you type.
13546 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13548 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13550 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13551 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13552 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13553 Use the global history list for FACE.
13555 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13556 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13557 highlighting will not update as you type.
13559 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13561 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13563 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13564 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13565 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13566 Use the global history list for FACE.
13568 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13569 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13570 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13572 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13573 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13574 highlighting will not update as you type.
13576 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13578 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13580 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13581 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13582 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13583 unless you use a prefix argument.
13584 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13586 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13587 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13589 \(fn)" t nil)
13591 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13593 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13594 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13595 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13596 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13597 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13598 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13600 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13602 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13603 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13605 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13606 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13607 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13609 \(fn)" t nil)
13611 ;;;***
13613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21546 33576
13614 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
13615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13617 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13618 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13619 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13620 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13621 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13623 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13624 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13625 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13626 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13628 `hide-ifdef-env'
13629 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13630 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13631 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13632 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13633 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13634 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13635 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13637 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13638 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13639 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13640 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13641 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13643 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13644 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13645 #endif lines when hiding.
13647 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13648 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13649 is activated.
13651 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13652 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13653 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13655 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13659 ;;;***
13661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21460 53672
13662 ;;;;;; 48319 0))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13665 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13666 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13667 Each element has the form
13668 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13670 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13671 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13673 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13674 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13676 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13677 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13678 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13679 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13680 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13681 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13683 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13684 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13686 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13687 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13689 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13690 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13691 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13693 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13694 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13696 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13697 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13699 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13700 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13701 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13703 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13704 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13705 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13707 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13708 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13710 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13712 Key bindings:
13713 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13717 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13718 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13720 \(fn)" nil nil)
13722 ;;;***
13724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21271 1974 113743
13725 ;;;;;; 0))
13726 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13728 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13729 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13731 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13732 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13734 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13735 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13736 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13737 this on and off.
13739 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13740 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13741 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13742 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13743 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13744 through various faces.
13745 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13746 buffer with the contents of a file
13747 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13751 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13752 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13754 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13755 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13757 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13758 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13759 in a distinctive face.
13761 The default value can be customized with variable
13762 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13764 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13768 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13769 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13770 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13772 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13774 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13775 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13777 \(fn)" t nil)
13779 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13780 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13782 \(fn)" t nil)
13784 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13785 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13787 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13788 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13789 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13790 shown in the last face in the list.
13792 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13793 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13794 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13796 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13798 \(fn)" t nil)
13800 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13801 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13803 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13805 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13806 to save the file.
13808 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13809 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13811 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13812 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13813 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13815 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13817 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13818 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13820 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13821 this function is called interactively.
13823 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13824 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13825 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13827 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13828 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13829 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13831 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13833 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13834 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13835 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13837 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13838 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13840 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13842 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13843 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13844 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13845 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13846 ARG is omitted or nil.
13848 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13849 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13850 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13854 ;;;***
13856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21402 53158 293492
13857 ;;;;;; 0))
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13859 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13861 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13862 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13863 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13864 or insert functions in this list.")
13866 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13868 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13869 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13870 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13871 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13872 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13873 expansions.
13874 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13875 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13876 undoes the expansion.
13878 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13880 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13881 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13882 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13883 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13885 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13887 ;;;***
13889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13890 ;;;;;; 0))
13891 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13893 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13894 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13895 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13896 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13897 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13899 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13900 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13901 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13902 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13903 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13904 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13906 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13907 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13908 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13909 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13914 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13915 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13918 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13920 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13922 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13923 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13928 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13929 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13930 windows.
13932 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13933 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13937 ;;;***
13939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21554 27688
13940 ;;;;;; 263871 0))
13941 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13943 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13944 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13945 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13947 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13949 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13951 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13952 Oriental holidays.
13953 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13955 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13957 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13959 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13960 Local holidays.
13961 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13963 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13965 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13967 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13968 User defined holidays.
13969 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13971 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13973 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13975 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13976 Jewish holidays.
13977 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13979 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13981 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13983 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13984 Christian holidays.
13985 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13987 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13989 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13991 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13992 Islamic holidays.
13993 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13995 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13997 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13999 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14000 Bahá'í holidays.
14001 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14003 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14005 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14007 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14008 Sun-related holidays.
14009 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14011 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14013 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14015 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14017 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14018 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14019 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14020 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14024 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14025 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14026 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14027 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14028 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14030 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14031 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14033 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14034 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14036 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14037 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14038 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14039 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14040 of a holiday list.
14042 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14044 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14046 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14048 ;;;***
14050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21417 20521
14051 ;;;;;; 870414 0))
14052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14054 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14055 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14057 \(fn)" t nil)
14059 ;;;***
14061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21383 2343
14062 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
14063 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14064 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14066 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14067 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14068 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14069 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14070 as possible.
14072 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14073 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14074 fontified display.
14076 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14077 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14079 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14080 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14081 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14083 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14085 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14086 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14087 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14089 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14091 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14093 ;;;***
14095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21537 18599 384335
14096 ;;;;;; 0))
14097 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14099 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14100 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14102 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14103 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14104 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14106 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14107 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14108 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14109 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14110 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14111 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14113 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14114 title of the column.
14116 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14117 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14118 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14119 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14120 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14122 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14124 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14125 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14126 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14127 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14128 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14130 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14131 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14132 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14134 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14136 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14137 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14138 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14139 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14140 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14141 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14143 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14144 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14145 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14146 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14147 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14148 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14149 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14150 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14151 values are:
14152 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14153 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14154 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14155 buffer's modification flag.
14156 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14157 prompted before performing this operation.
14158 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14159 operation is complete, in the form:
14160 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14161 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14162 confirmation message, in the form:
14163 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14164 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14165 macro for exactly what it does.
14167 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14169 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14170 Define a filter named NAME.
14171 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14172 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14173 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14175 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14176 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14177 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14178 bound to the current value of the filter.
14180 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14182 ;;;***
14184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21537 18854 710114
14185 ;;;;;; 217000))
14186 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14188 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14189 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14190 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14191 buffers which are visiting a file.
14193 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14195 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14196 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14197 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14198 buffers which are visiting a file.
14200 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14202 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14203 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14204 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14206 All arguments are optional.
14207 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14208 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14209 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14210 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14211 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14212 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14213 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14214 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14215 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14216 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14217 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14218 that value locally in this buffer.
14220 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14222 ;;;***
14224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21584
14225 ;;;;;; 48809 507899 0))
14226 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14227 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14229 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14230 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14231 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14232 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14234 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14236 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14237 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14238 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14239 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14240 ICAL-FILENAME.
14241 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14242 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14243 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14245 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14247 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14248 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14249 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14250 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14251 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14252 non-marking or not.
14254 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14256 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14257 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14259 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14260 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14261 DIARY-FILE.
14263 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14264 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14265 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14267 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14268 non-marking.
14270 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14271 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14272 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14274 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14276 ;;;***
14278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21555 48550 492098
14279 ;;;;;; 0))
14280 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14282 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14283 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14284 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14286 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14287 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14289 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14291 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14292 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14294 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14295 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14297 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14298 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14299 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14300 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14302 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14303 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14305 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14306 completions:
14308 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14311 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14312 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14313 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14314 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14316 ;;;***
14318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14319 ;;;;;; 0))
14320 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14322 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14323 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14324 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14325 Tab indents for Icon code.
14326 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14327 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14328 \\{icon-mode-map}
14329 Variables controlling indentation style:
14330 icon-tab-always-indent
14331 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14332 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14333 icon-auto-newline
14334 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14335 inserted in Icon code.
14336 icon-indent-level
14337 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14338 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14339 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14340 icon-continued-statement-offset
14341 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14342 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14343 icon-continued-brace-offset
14344 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14345 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14346 icon-brace-offset
14347 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14348 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14349 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14350 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14352 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14353 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14355 \(fn)" t nil)
14357 ;;;***
14359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21429
14360 ;;;;;; 11690 49391 0))
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14363 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14364 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14365 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14366 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14368 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14369 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14370 separate frames.
14372 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14373 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14375 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14376 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14377 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14379 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14381 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14383 ;;;***
14385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21429 11690
14386 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
14387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14388 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14390 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14391 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14393 The main features of this mode are
14395 1. Indentation and Formatting
14396 --------------------------
14397 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14398 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14400 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14401 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14402 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14403 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14405 Comments are indented as follows:
14407 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14408 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14409 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14411 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14413 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14414 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14415 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14416 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14417 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14418 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14420 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14421 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14422 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14423 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14425 2. Routine Info
14426 ------------
14427 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14428 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14429 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14430 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14431 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14432 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14433 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14434 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14435 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14436 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14438 3. Online IDL Help
14439 ---------------
14441 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14442 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14443 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14444 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14446 4. Completion
14447 ----------
14448 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14449 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14450 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14451 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14452 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14453 upper case.
14455 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14456 --------------------------------
14457 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14458 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14460 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14461 \\fu FUNCTION template
14462 \\c CASE statement template
14463 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14464 \\f FOR loop template
14465 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14466 \\w WHILE loop template
14467 \\i IF statement template
14468 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14469 \\b BEGIN
14471 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14472 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14474 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14475 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14476 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14477 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14479 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14480 -------------------------
14481 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14482 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14484 7. Automatic END completion
14485 ------------------------
14486 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14487 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14489 8. Hooks
14490 -----
14491 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14492 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14494 9. Documentation and Customization
14495 -------------------------------
14496 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14497 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14498 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14499 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14500 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14501 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14503 10.Keybindings
14504 -----------
14505 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14506 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14507 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14509 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14511 \(fn)" t nil)
14513 ;;;***
14515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21584 48809 507899 0))
14516 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14518 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14519 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14520 The following values are possible:
14521 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14522 displaying...)
14523 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14524 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14525 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14528 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14530 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14532 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14533 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14534 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14535 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14536 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14537 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14538 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14539 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14540 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14544 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14545 Switch to another buffer.
14546 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14547 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14548 in another frame.
14550 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14551 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14552 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14553 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14554 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14556 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14557 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14559 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14561 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14562 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14563 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14564 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14565 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14566 in a separate window.
14567 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14568 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14569 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14570 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14571 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14572 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14573 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14574 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14575 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14577 \(fn)" t nil)
14579 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14580 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14581 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14582 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14584 \(fn)" t nil)
14586 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14587 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14588 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14589 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14591 \(fn)" t nil)
14593 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14594 Kill a buffer.
14595 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14596 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14598 \(fn)" t nil)
14600 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14601 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14602 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14603 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14605 \(fn)" t nil)
14607 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14608 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14609 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14610 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14612 \(fn)" t nil)
14614 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14615 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14617 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14619 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14620 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14621 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14622 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14623 in another frame.
14625 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14626 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14627 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14628 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14629 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14630 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14632 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14633 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14635 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14637 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14638 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14639 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14640 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14641 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14642 in a separate window.
14643 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14644 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14645 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14646 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14647 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14648 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14649 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14650 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14651 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14652 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14653 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14654 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14655 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14656 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14657 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14658 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14659 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14660 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14662 \(fn)" t nil)
14664 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14665 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14666 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14667 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14669 \(fn)" t nil)
14671 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14672 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14673 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14674 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14676 \(fn)" t nil)
14678 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14679 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14680 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14681 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14683 \(fn)" t nil)
14685 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14686 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14687 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14688 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14690 \(fn)" t nil)
14692 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14693 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14694 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14695 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14697 \(fn)" t nil)
14699 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14700 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14701 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14704 \(fn)" t nil)
14706 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14708 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14709 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14711 \(fn)" t nil)
14713 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14714 Write current buffer to a file.
14715 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14716 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14718 \(fn)" t nil)
14720 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14721 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14722 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14723 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14727 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14728 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14729 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14734 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14735 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14736 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14737 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14738 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14739 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14741 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14743 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14744 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14745 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14746 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14748 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14750 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14751 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14752 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14753 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14755 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14757 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14758 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14759 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14760 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14761 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14762 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14763 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14764 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14765 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14766 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14767 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14768 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14769 with point positioned at the end.
14770 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14771 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14773 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14775 ;;;***
14777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21542 36519 256429 0))
14778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14780 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14781 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14782 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14783 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14785 \(fn)" t nil)
14787 ;;;***
14789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21289 28325 826818 0))
14790 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14792 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14794 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14795 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14796 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14797 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14798 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14799 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14803 ;;;***
14805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21526 48295 289762 0))
14806 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14808 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14809 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14810 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14811 be determined.
14813 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14815 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14816 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14817 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14818 be determined.
14820 \(fn)" nil nil)
14822 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14823 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14824 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14825 be determined.
14827 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14829 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14830 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14831 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14832 be determined.
14834 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14836 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14837 Determine and return image type.
14838 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14839 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14840 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14841 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14842 use its file extension as image type.
14843 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14845 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14847 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14848 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14849 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14851 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14853 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14854 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14855 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14857 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14858 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14859 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14860 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14861 must be available.
14863 \(fn)" nil nil)
14865 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14866 Create an image.
14867 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14868 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14869 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14870 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14871 use its file extension as image type.
14872 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14873 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14874 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14875 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14877 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14879 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14880 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14881 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14883 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14885 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14886 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14887 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14888 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14889 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14890 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14891 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14892 POS may be an integer or marker.
14893 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14894 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14895 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14896 means display it in the right marginal area.
14898 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14900 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14901 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14902 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14903 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14904 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14905 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14906 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14907 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14908 means display it in the right marginal area.
14909 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14910 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14911 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14912 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14913 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14915 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14917 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14918 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14919 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14920 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14921 STRING is a single space.
14922 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14923 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14924 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14925 means display it in the right marginal area.
14926 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14928 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14930 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14931 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14932 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14933 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14935 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14937 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14938 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14940 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14942 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14943 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14944 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14945 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14946 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14947 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14948 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14949 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14950 satisfied.
14952 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14954 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14956 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14958 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14959 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
14961 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14962 documentation string.
14964 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14965 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14966 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14967 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14968 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14969 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14970 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14971 define SYMBOL.
14973 Example:
14975 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14976 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14978 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
14980 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14982 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14983 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14984 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14985 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14987 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14988 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14989 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14990 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14992 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
14994 \(fn)" nil nil)
14996 ;;;***
14998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
14999 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15000 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15001 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15003 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15004 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15005 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15006 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15007 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15008 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15012 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15013 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15015 Convenience command that:
15017 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15018 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15019 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15021 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15022 image files in dired and type
15023 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15025 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15027 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15028 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15030 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15032 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15033 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15034 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15035 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15036 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15037 another one).
15039 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15040 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15041 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15043 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15044 instead of erasing it first.
15046 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15047 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15048 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15049 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15050 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15051 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15053 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15055 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15056 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15057 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15058 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15059 displayed.
15061 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15063 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15065 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15067 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15068 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15070 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15072 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15073 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15074 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15076 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15078 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15079 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15081 \(fn)" t nil)
15083 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15084 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15085 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15086 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15088 \(fn)" t nil)
15090 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15091 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15093 \(fn)" t nil)
15095 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15096 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15098 \(fn)" t nil)
15100 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15101 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15103 \(fn)" t nil)
15105 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15106 Display current image file.
15107 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15108 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15112 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15113 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15115 \(fn)" t nil)
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15118 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15119 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15120 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15121 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15122 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15123 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15125 \(fn)" t nil)
15127 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15128 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15129 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15130 easy-to-use form.
15132 \(fn)" t nil)
15134 ;;;***
15136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15137 ;;;;;; 0))
15138 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15140 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15141 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15142 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15143 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15145 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15146 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15147 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15148 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15150 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15152 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15153 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15154 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15155 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15157 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15158 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15159 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15160 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15162 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15164 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15165 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15167 \(fn)" nil nil)
15169 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15170 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15171 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15172 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15174 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15176 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15177 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15178 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15180 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15181 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15183 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15185 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15186 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15191 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15192 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15193 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15197 ;;;***
15199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21532 676 459903
15200 ;;;;;; 0))
15201 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15203 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15204 Major mode for image files.
15205 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15206 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15208 Key bindings:
15209 \\{image-mode-map}
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15213 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15214 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15215 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15216 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15217 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15219 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15220 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15221 actual image.
15223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15225 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15226 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15227 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15228 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15229 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15230 to display an image file as the actual image.
15232 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15233 to display an image file as text initially.
15235 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15236 on these modes.
15238 \(fn)" t nil)
15240 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15243 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15245 ;;;***
15247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21574 12970 82034 0))
15248 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15250 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15251 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15253 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15255 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15256 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15257 in the buffer.
15259 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15261 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15262 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15263 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15265 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15267 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15268 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15269 Each element of this list should have the form
15271 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15273 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15274 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15275 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15276 matches are put).
15277 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15278 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15279 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15280 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15281 another element.
15282 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15283 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15284 the menu item.
15285 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15286 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15287 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15288 the ARGUMENTS.
15290 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15291 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15292 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15294 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15295 create a buffer index.
15297 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15298 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15299 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15300 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15301 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15303 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15305 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15306 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15308 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15309 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15310 called within a `save-excursion'.
15312 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15314 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15316 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15317 Function for finding the next index position.
15319 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15320 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15321 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15322 file.
15324 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15325 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15327 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15329 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15330 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15332 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15333 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15334 It should return the name for that index item.")
15336 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15338 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15339 Function to compare string with index item.
15341 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15342 non-nil if they match.
15344 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15345 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15346 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15347 arguments match\".")
15349 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15351 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15352 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15353 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15355 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15356 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15358 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15360 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15362 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15363 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15364 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15365 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15367 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15369 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15370 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15372 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15374 \(fn)" t nil)
15376 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15377 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15378 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15379 for more information.
15381 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15383 ;;;***
15385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15386 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15389 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15390 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15394 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15397 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15399 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15402 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15404 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15407 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15409 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15410 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15412 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15414 ;;;***
15416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21437 5802
15417 ;;;;;; 125919 0))
15418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15420 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15421 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15422 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15423 to that buffer.
15424 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15425 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15426 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15427 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15429 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15431 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15433 ;;;***
15435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21559 45607 560399 0))
15436 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15438 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15439 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15440 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15441 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15442 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15443 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15444 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15445 first in this list.
15447 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15448 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15449 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15450 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15451 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15453 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15454 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15455 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15457 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15458 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15460 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15461 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15463 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15464 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15465 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15466 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15467 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15468 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15469 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15470 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15471 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15472 with the top-level Info directory.
15474 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15475 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15477 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15479 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15480 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15481 in all the directories in that path.
15483 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15485 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15487 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15488 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15490 \(fn)" t nil)
15492 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15493 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15495 \(fn)" t nil)
15497 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15498 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15499 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15500 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15502 \(fn)" nil nil)
15504 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15505 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15506 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15507 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15509 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15511 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15512 Go to the Info directory node.
15514 \(fn)" t nil)
15516 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15517 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15518 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15519 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15520 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15521 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15523 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15525 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15526 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15527 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15529 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15531 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15532 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15533 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15534 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15535 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15537 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15539 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15540 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15541 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15542 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15543 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15545 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15546 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15548 Selecting other nodes:
15549 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15550 Follow a node reference you click on.
15551 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15552 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15553 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15554 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15555 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15556 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15557 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15558 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15559 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15560 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15561 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15562 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15563 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15564 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15565 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15566 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15567 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15568 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15569 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15570 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15572 Moving within a node:
15573 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15574 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15575 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15576 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15577 move up to the parent node.
15578 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15579 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15580 if there is none.
15581 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15583 Advanced commands:
15584 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15585 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15586 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15587 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15588 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15589 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15590 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15591 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15592 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15593 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15594 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15595 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15596 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15597 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15598 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15599 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15601 \(fn)" t nil)
15602 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15604 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15605 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15606 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15607 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15608 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15609 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15611 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15612 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15614 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15615 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15616 KEY is a string.
15617 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15618 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15619 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15620 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15622 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15624 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15625 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15626 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15628 \(fn)" t nil)
15630 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15631 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15632 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15634 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15636 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15637 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15638 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15639 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15641 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15643 ;;;***
15645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15646 ;;;;;; 0))
15647 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15649 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15650 Throw away all cached data.
15651 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15652 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15653 system.
15655 \(fn)" t nil)
15656 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15658 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15659 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15660 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15661 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15662 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15663 one found at point.
15665 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15667 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15668 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15670 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15671 Display the documentation of a file.
15672 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15673 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15674 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15675 The default file name is the one found at point.
15677 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15679 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15681 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15682 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15684 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15686 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15687 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15689 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15691 ;;;***
15693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15694 ;;;;;; 0))
15695 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15696 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15698 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15699 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15700 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15701 current info file is the default.
15703 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15704 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15705 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15706 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15707 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15709 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15710 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15711 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15712 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15713 mistake in the reference.
15715 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15716 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15717 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15719 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15720 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15721 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15722 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15724 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15726 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15727 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15728 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15729 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15730 checked.
15732 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15733 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15734 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15735 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15736 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15737 should be harmless.
15739 \(fn)" t nil)
15741 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15742 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15743 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15744 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15746 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15747 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15748 and can take a long time.
15750 \(fn)" t nil)
15752 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15753 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15754 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15756 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15758 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15759 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15761 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15762 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15763 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15764 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15765 all builtins).
15767 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15768 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15769 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15770 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15771 the sources handy.
15773 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15775 ;;;***
15777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15778 ;;;;;; 0))
15779 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15781 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15782 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15784 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15786 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15787 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15789 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15791 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15792 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15793 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15794 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15796 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15797 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15798 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15800 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15801 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15802 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15803 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15805 \(fn)" t nil)
15807 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15808 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15809 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15811 \(fn)" t nil)
15813 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15814 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15815 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15816 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15817 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15819 \(fn)" nil nil)
15821 ;;;***
15823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15824 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15825 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15826 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15828 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15829 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15830 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15832 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15834 ;;;***
15836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15837 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15838 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15840 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15841 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15843 \(fn)" t nil)
15845 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15846 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15848 \(fn)" t nil)
15850 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15853 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15855 ;;;***
15857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15858 ;;;;;; 0))
15859 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15860 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15862 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15863 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15864 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15865 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15866 accessed via isearchb.
15868 \(fn)" t nil)
15870 ;;;***
15872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15873 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15874 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15876 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15877 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15878 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15879 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15880 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15882 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15884 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15885 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15886 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15887 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15888 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15890 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15892 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15893 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15894 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15895 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15896 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15898 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15900 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15901 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15902 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15903 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15904 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15906 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15908 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15909 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15910 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15911 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15912 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15914 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15916 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15917 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15918 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15919 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15920 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15922 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15924 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15925 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15926 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15927 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15928 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15930 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15932 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15933 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15934 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15935 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15937 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15939 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15940 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15941 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15946 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15947 Warn that format is read-only.
15949 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15951 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15952 Warn that format is write-only.
15954 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15956 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15957 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15959 \(fn)" t nil)
15961 ;;;***
15963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15964 ;;;;;; (21240 46395 727291 0))
15965 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15966 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15967 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15969 ;;;***
15971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21356 43818
15972 ;;;;;; 957743 0))
15973 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15975 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15977 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15978 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15979 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15980 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15981 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15983 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15985 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15987 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15988 Key map for ispell menu.")
15990 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15991 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15992 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15993 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15995 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15997 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15999 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16001 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16003 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16004 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16005 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16006 Valid forms include:
16007 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16008 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16009 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16010 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16012 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16013 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16014 First list is used raw.
16015 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16017 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16018 for skipping in latex mode.")
16020 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16021 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16022 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16023 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16024 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16025 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16026 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16028 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16029 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16030 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16031 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16033 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16034 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16035 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16036 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16037 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16039 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16040 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16042 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16043 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16045 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16046 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16048 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16049 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16051 Return values:
16052 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16053 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16054 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16055 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16056 quit spell session exited.
16058 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16060 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16061 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16062 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16064 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16066 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16067 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16069 Selections are:
16071 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16072 SPC: Accept word this time.
16073 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16074 `a': Accept word for this session.
16075 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16076 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16077 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16078 `?': Show these commands.
16079 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16080 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16081 the aborted check to be completed later.
16082 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16083 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16084 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16085 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16086 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16087 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16088 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16090 \(fn)" nil nil)
16092 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16093 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16094 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16095 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16097 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16099 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16100 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16101 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16102 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16104 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16106 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16108 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16109 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16110 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16111 amount for last line processed.
16113 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16115 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16116 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16118 \(fn)" t nil)
16120 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16121 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16123 \(fn)" t nil)
16125 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16126 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16127 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16129 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16131 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16132 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16134 \(fn)" t nil)
16136 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16137 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16138 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16139 sequence inside of a word.
16141 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16143 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16145 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16146 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16148 \(fn)" t nil)
16150 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16151 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16152 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16153 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16155 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16156 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16157 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16158 available on the net.
16160 \(fn)" t nil)
16162 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16163 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16164 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16165 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16166 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16168 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16169 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16170 spelled.
16172 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16173 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16174 SPC.
16176 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16177 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16181 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16182 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16183 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16184 Don't check included messages.
16186 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16187 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16188 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16190 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16191 in your init file:
16192 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16193 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16194 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16195 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16197 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16198 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16199 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16201 \(fn)" t nil)
16203 ;;;***
16205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16206 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16207 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16209 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16212 \(fn)" nil nil)
16214 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16215 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16216 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16217 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16218 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16219 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16220 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16221 necessary to represent OBJ.
16223 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16225 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16226 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16227 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16228 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16230 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16232 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16233 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16234 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16235 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16236 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16238 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16240 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16241 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16242 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16243 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16245 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16247 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16248 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16249 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16250 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16252 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16254 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16255 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16257 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16259 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16260 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16261 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16262 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16263 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16265 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16267 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16268 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16269 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16270 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16271 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16273 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16275 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16276 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16277 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16279 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16281 ;;;***
16283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16284 ;;;;;; 0))
16285 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16287 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16288 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16289 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16290 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16292 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16295 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16297 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16298 Uninstall jka-compr.
16299 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16300 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16301 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16303 \(fn)" nil nil)
16305 ;;;***
16307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21529 24490 97012 0))
16308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16309 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16311 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16312 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16314 \(fn)" t nil)
16315 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16317 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16319 ;;;***
16321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16322 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16323 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16325 ;;;***
16327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16328 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16331 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16332 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16333 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16334 decimal key must be specified.")
16336 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16338 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16339 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16340 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16341 decimal key must be specified.")
16343 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16345 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16346 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16347 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16348 decimal key must be specified.")
16350 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16352 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16353 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16354 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16355 decimal key must be specified.")
16357 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16359 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16360 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16361 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16362 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16363 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16364 keys are bound.
16366 Setup Binding
16367 -------------------------------------------------------------
16368 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16369 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16370 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16371 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16372 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16373 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16374 in the global and local keymaps.
16376 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16377 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16379 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16381 ;;;***
16383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16384 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16385 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16387 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16388 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16389 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16391 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16392 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16393 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16394 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16395 shorter.
16397 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16398 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16399 the context of text formatting.
16401 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16403 ;;;***
16405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16406 ;;;;;; 0))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16409 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16410 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16411 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16412 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16413 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16414 positions that contains the current selection.")
16416 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16417 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16418 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16419 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16420 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16421 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16422 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16426 ;;;***
16428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16429 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16430 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16431 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16432 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16433 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16434 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16435 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16436 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16438 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16439 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16440 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16442 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16444 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16445 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16446 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16447 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16448 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16450 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16452 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16453 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16454 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16456 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16457 defining the macro.
16459 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16460 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16461 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16463 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16464 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16466 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16468 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16469 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16470 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16471 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16472 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16473 under that name.
16475 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16476 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16477 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16481 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16482 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16483 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16484 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16486 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16487 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16488 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16489 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16491 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16492 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16494 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16496 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16497 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16498 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16500 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16501 macro.
16503 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16504 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16506 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16507 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16508 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16510 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16511 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16513 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16515 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16516 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16517 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16518 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16520 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16522 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16523 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16524 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16525 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16527 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16528 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16530 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16532 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16533 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16534 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16536 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16538 ;;;***
16540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16541 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16542 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16544 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16545 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16546 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16548 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16551 \(fn)" nil nil)
16553 ;;;***
16555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21419 7843 195974
16556 ;;;;;; 0))
16557 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16558 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16560 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16562 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16563 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16565 \(fn)" t nil)
16567 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16568 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16569 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16570 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16572 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16573 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16574 none / 1 | yes | no
16575 2 | yes | yes
16576 3 | no | yes
16577 4 | no | no
16579 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16580 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16581 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16583 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16585 ;;;***
16587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16588 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16591 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16594 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16596 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16597 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16598 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16599 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16600 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16601 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16603 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16604 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16606 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16608 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16609 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16611 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16613 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16616 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16618 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16623 ;;;***
16625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16626 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16629 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16630 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16631 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16632 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16634 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16636 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16637 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16638 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16640 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16642 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16643 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16644 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16646 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16648 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16649 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16650 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16651 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16653 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16655 ;;;***
16657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16658 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16659 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16661 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16662 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16663 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16664 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16665 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16666 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16667 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16668 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16670 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16671 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16674 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16676 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16678 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16679 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16680 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16681 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16682 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16683 `latin1-display-setup'.
16685 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16687 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16688 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16689 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16690 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16693 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16695 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16697 ;;;***
16699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16700 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16703 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16704 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16706 \(fn)" t nil)
16708 ;;;***
16710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16713 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16714 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16715 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16716 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16717 generations (this defaults to 1).
16719 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16721 ;;;***
16723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
16724 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16725 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16727 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16728 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16730 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16731 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16733 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16737 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16738 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16739 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16742 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16744 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16746 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16747 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16748 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16749 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16750 ARG is omitted or nil.
16752 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16753 `linum-on' would do it.
16754 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16758 ;;;***
16760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16761 ;;;;;; 0))
16762 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16764 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16765 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16766 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16767 is nil, raise an error.
16769 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16770 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16771 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16772 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16773 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16774 defined by the library.
16776 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16777 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16778 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16779 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16780 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16781 proceeds.
16783 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16784 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16785 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16786 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16788 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16790 ;;;***
16792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16795 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16796 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16797 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16799 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16801 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16802 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16803 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16804 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16806 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16807 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16808 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16809 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16810 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16811 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16812 the version.)
16814 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16815 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16817 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16818 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16820 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16821 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16823 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16825 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16826 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16827 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16828 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16829 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16830 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16831 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16832 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16833 to constrain a big search.
16835 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16837 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16838 except that FILTER is not optional.
16840 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16842 ;;;***
16844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21442 23723 6983
16845 ;;;;;; 0))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16848 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16849 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16850 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16851 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16852 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16853 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16854 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16855 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16856 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16857 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16859 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16860 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16861 associated values:
16862 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16863 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16864 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16865 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16866 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16868 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16869 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16870 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16872 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16874 ;;;***
16876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
16877 ;;;;;; 0))
16878 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16880 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16881 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16883 \(fn)" t nil)
16885 ;;;***
16887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16888 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16890 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16891 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16893 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16894 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16896 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16897 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16898 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16900 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16901 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16903 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16904 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16905 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16906 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16907 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16908 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16909 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16911 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16913 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16914 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16915 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16916 switch on this list.
16917 See `lpr-command'.")
16919 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16921 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16922 Name of program for printing a file.
16924 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16925 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16926 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16927 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16928 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16929 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16930 argument.")
16932 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16934 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16935 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16936 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16937 for customization of the printer command.
16939 \(fn)" t nil)
16941 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16942 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16944 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16945 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16946 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16947 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16949 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16950 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16952 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16953 for further customization of the printer command.
16955 \(fn)" t nil)
16957 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16958 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16959 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16960 for customization of the printer command.
16962 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16964 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16965 Paginate and print the region contents.
16967 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16968 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16969 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16970 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16972 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16973 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16975 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16976 for further customization of the printer command.
16978 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16980 ;;;***
16982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21546 33576 601815
16983 ;;;;;; 0))
16984 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16986 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16987 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16988 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16990 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16992 ;;;***
16994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21554 27688 263871
16995 ;;;;;; 0))
16996 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16998 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16999 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17000 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17001 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17005 ;;;***
17007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21567 8911
17008 ;;;;;; 359241 0))
17009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17011 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17012 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17014 \(fn)" t nil)
17016 ;;;***
17018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17021 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17022 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17023 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17024 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17025 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17027 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17029 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17030 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17031 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17032 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17033 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17035 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17036 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17037 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17038 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17039 bindings.
17041 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17042 use this command, and then save the file.
17044 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17046 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17047 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17048 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17049 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17050 each time the macro executes.
17051 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17052 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17053 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17054 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17055 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17056 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17057 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17059 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17061 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17062 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17063 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17064 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17066 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17067 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17068 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17069 execute.
17071 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17072 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17074 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17075 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17076 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17077 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17078 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17080 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17081 looked like this:
17083 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17084 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17085 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17087 You could enter the names in this format:
17093 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17095 \\C-x (
17096 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17097 \\C-x )
17099 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17100 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17102 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17103 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17105 ;;;***
17107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17108 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17111 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17112 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17113 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17114 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17115 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17116 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17118 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17119 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17120 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17121 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17122 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17124 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17125 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17126 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17127 consing a string.)
17129 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17131 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17132 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17134 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17136 ;;;***
17138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17139 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17142 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17143 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17145 \(fn)" nil nil)
17147 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17150 \(fn)" nil nil)
17152 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17153 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17155 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17157 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17158 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17159 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17160 message.
17162 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17164 \(fn)" nil nil)
17166 ;;;***
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17169 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17172 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17173 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17174 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17175 often correct parser.")
17177 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17179 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17180 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17181 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17182 a value which excludes your own email address.
17184 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17185 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17187 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17189 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17190 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17192 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17194 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17195 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17196 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17197 we return it unconverted.
17199 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17200 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17202 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17204 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17205 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17206 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17207 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17209 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17211 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17212 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17213 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17214 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17216 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17218 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17219 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17220 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17221 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17222 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17223 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17224 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17225 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17226 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17227 as Rmail does.
17229 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17231 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17232 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17233 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17234 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17235 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17236 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17237 matches may be returned from the message body.
17239 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17241 ;;;***
17243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17244 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17245 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17247 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17248 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17249 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17250 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17251 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17252 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17254 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17256 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17257 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17259 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17260 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17262 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17263 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17264 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17265 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17269 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17270 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17272 \(fn)" nil nil)
17274 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17275 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17276 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17278 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17280 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17281 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17282 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17284 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17285 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17286 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17287 double-quotes.
17289 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17291 ;;;***
17293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17294 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17297 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17298 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17299 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17300 king@grassland.com
17301 If `parens', they look like:
17302 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17303 If `angles', they look like:
17304 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17306 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17308 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17309 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17310 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17311 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17312 their `Resent-' variants.
17314 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17315 removed from alias expansions.
17317 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17319 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17320 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17321 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17323 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17324 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17325 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17326 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17328 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17330 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17331 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17332 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17334 \(fn)" nil nil)
17336 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17337 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17338 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17339 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17341 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17343 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17345 ;;;***
17347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17348 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17349 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17351 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17352 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17353 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17354 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17356 \(fn)" nil nil)
17358 ;;;***
17360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17361 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
17362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17364 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17365 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17367 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17368 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17369 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17370 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17371 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17372 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17374 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17375 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17376 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17377 dependency, despite the colon.
17379 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17381 In the browser, use the following keys:
17383 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17385 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17387 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17388 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17390 `makefile-target-colon':
17391 The string that gets appended to all target names
17392 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17393 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17395 `makefile-macro-assign':
17396 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17397 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17398 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17399 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17400 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17401 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17403 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17404 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17405 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17407 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17408 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17410 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17411 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17412 up or down in the browser.
17414 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17415 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17417 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17418 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17420 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17421 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17422 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17423 has been selected in the browser.
17425 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17426 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17427 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17428 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17429 filenames are omitted.
17431 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17432 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17433 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17434 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17435 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17436 the backslash itself intact.
17437 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17438 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17440 `makefile-browser-hook':
17441 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17442 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17444 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17445 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17446 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17447 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17449 \(fn)" t nil)
17451 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17452 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17454 \(fn)" t nil)
17456 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17457 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17459 \(fn)" t nil)
17461 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17462 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17464 \(fn)" t nil)
17466 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17467 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17469 \(fn)" t nil)
17471 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17472 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17474 \(fn)" t nil)
17476 ;;;***
17478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17479 ;;;;;; 0))
17480 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17482 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17483 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17484 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17486 \(fn)" t nil)
17488 ;;;***
17490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21580 51751 606453 0))
17491 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17493 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17495 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17496 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17497 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17498 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17499 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17500 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17501 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17502 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17503 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17504 without running the man command.
17506 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17507 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17508 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17510 cat(1)
17511 1 cat
17513 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17514 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17515 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17516 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17518 -a chmod
17520 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17521 otherwise look like a page name.
17523 /my/file/name.1.gz
17524 -l somefile.1
17526 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17527 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17528 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17530 -k pattern
17532 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17534 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17535 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17537 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17539 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17540 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17542 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17544 ;;;***
17546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17548 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17550 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17551 Toggle Master mode.
17552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17553 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17554 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17556 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17557 using the following commands:
17559 \\{master-mode-map}
17561 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17562 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17563 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17567 ;;;***
17569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17570 ;;;;;; 0))
17571 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17573 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17574 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17575 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17578 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17580 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17582 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17583 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17585 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17586 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17588 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17589 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17590 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17591 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17595 ;;;***
17597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17598 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17599 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17601 ;;;***
17603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21584 48809 507899
17604 ;;;;;; 0))
17605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17607 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17609 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17610 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17611 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17612 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17613 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17614 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17615 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17616 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17617 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17618 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17619 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17620 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17621 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17622 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17623 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17624 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17625 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17626 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17627 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17628 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17629 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17630 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17631 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17632 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17633 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17634 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17635 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17636 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17637 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17638 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17639 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17640 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17641 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17642 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17643 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17644 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17645 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17646 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17648 \(fn)" t nil)
17650 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17651 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17652 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17653 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17654 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17656 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17658 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17659 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17661 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17663 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17664 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17666 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17668 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17669 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17671 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17673 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17674 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17675 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17677 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17679 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17680 Cancel an article you posted.
17681 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17685 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17686 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17687 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17688 header line with the old Message-ID.
17690 \(fn)" t nil)
17692 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17693 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17695 \(fn)" t nil)
17697 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17698 Forward the current message via mail.
17699 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17700 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17702 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17704 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17707 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17709 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17712 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17714 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17715 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17717 \(fn)" t nil)
17719 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17720 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17722 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17724 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17725 Re-mail the current message.
17726 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17727 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17728 you.
17730 \(fn)" t nil)
17732 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17733 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17735 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17737 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17738 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17740 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17742 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17743 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17745 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17747 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17748 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17750 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17752 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17753 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17754 Works by overstriking characters.
17755 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17756 which specify the range to operate on.
17758 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17760 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17761 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17762 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17763 which specify the range to operate on.
17765 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17767 ;;;***
17769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17770 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17771 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17772 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17774 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17775 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17777 \(fn)" t nil)
17779 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17780 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17782 \(fn)" t nil)
17784 ;;;***
17786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17787 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17788 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17790 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17791 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17792 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17794 \(fn)" t nil)
17796 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17797 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17798 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17799 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17800 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17801 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17802 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17804 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17806 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17807 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17808 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17809 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17810 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17811 means current).
17812 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17813 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17815 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17817 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17818 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17819 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17820 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17821 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17822 means current).
17823 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17824 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17826 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17828 ;;;***
17830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21546 33576 601815
17831 ;;;;;; 0))
17832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17834 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17835 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17836 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17838 \(fn)" t nil)
17840 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17841 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17842 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17844 \(fn)" t nil)
17846 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17847 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17849 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17850 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17851 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17853 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17854 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17856 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17857 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17859 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17861 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17863 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17864 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17865 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17866 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17867 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17868 as `compose-mail'.
17870 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17871 initial Subject field, respectively.
17873 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17874 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17875 are strings.
17877 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17878 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17880 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17882 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17883 Save draft and send message.
17885 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17886 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17887 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17888 Mail Delivery*\".
17890 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17891 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17892 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17894 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17895 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17896 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17897 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17898 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17899 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17901 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17902 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17904 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17905 message and scan line.
17907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17909 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17910 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17912 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17913 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17914 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17915 delete the draft message.
17917 \(fn)" t nil)
17919 ;;;***
17921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
17922 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17923 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
17925 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17927 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17929 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17931 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17932 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17934 \(fn)" t nil)
17936 ;;;***
17938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21286 52150
17939 ;;;;;; 476720 0))
17940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17942 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17943 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17944 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17946 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17947 the MH mail system.
17949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17951 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17952 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17953 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17955 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17956 the MH mail system.
17958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17960 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17961 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17963 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17964 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17965 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17966 separate command.
17968 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17969 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17970 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17971 format.
17973 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17975 Ranges
17976 ======
17977 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17978 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17979 can be used in several ways.
17981 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17982 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17983 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17984 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17985 page):
17987 <num1>-<num2>
17988 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17989 The range must be nonempty.
17991 <num>:N
17992 <num>:+N
17993 <num>:-N
17994 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17995 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17996 last.
17998 first:N
17999 prev:N
18000 next:N
18001 last:N
18002 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18005 All of the messages.
18007 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18008 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18010 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18011 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18012 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18014 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18016 \(fn)" t nil)
18018 ;;;***
18020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18021 ;;;;;; 0))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18024 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18025 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18026 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18027 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18028 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18029 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18030 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18031 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18032 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18033 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18034 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18036 \(fn)" t nil)
18038 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18039 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18040 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18041 to its second argument TM.
18043 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18045 ;;;***
18047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18048 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18049 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18051 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18052 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18053 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18055 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18056 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18058 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18060 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18061 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18062 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18063 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18064 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18066 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18067 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18068 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18069 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18070 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18071 is modified to remove the default indication.
18073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18075 ;;;***
18077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18078 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18080 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18081 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18082 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18083 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18084 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18085 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18086 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18087 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18088 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18090 \(fn)" t nil)
18092 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18093 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18094 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18095 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18096 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18097 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18098 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18099 The return value is always nil.
18101 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18103 ;;;***
18105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18106 ;;;;;; 0))
18107 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18108 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18110 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18111 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18113 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18114 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18115 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18116 next occurrence.
18118 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18119 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18120 end of the search space).
18122 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18123 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18124 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18125 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18126 should return the previous buffer to search.
18128 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18129 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18130 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18132 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18133 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18134 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18135 Isearch starts.")
18137 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18138 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18139 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18141 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18142 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18143 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18145 \(fn)" nil nil)
18147 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18148 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18149 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18150 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18151 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18152 whose names match the specified regexp.
18154 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18156 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18157 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18158 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18159 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18160 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18161 whose names match the specified regexp.
18163 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18165 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18166 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18167 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18168 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18169 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18170 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18171 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18173 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18175 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18176 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18177 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18178 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18179 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18180 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18181 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18183 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18185 ;;;***
18187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18188 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18190 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18192 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18193 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18195 \(fn)" t nil)
18197 ;;;***
18199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18200 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18203 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18204 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18206 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18208 ;;;***
18210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21296 1575
18211 ;;;;;; 438327 0))
18212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18214 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18215 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18217 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18219 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18220 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18221 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18222 the entire message.
18223 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18225 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18227 ;;;***
18229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18230 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18231 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18233 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18234 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18235 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18236 the entire message.
18237 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18239 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18241 ;;;***
18243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21296 1575 438327
18244 ;;;;;; 0))
18245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18247 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18248 Insert file contents of URL.
18249 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18251 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18253 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18254 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18256 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18258 ;;;***
18260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21363 17065 850322
18261 ;;;;;; 0))
18262 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18264 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18265 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18266 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18267 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18268 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18270 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18272 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18273 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18274 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18276 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18278 ;;;***
18280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18283 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18284 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18286 \(fn)" nil nil)
18288 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18289 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18290 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18291 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18292 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18294 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18295 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18296 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18297 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18298 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18299 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18301 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18303 ;;;***
18305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21296 1575 438327
18306 ;;;;;; 0))
18307 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18309 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18312 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18314 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18317 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18319 ;;;***
18321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21546 33576 601815
18322 ;;;;;; 0))
18323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18325 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18328 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18330 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18333 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18335 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18338 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18340 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18343 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18345 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18348 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18350 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18353 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18355 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18358 \(fn)" nil nil)
18360 ;;;***
18362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18363 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18364 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18366 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18368 ;;;***
18370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21282 19826
18371 ;;;;;; 403614 0))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18374 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18376 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18377 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18378 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18379 followed by the first character of the construct.
18380 \\<m2-mode-map>
18381 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18382 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18383 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18384 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18385 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18386 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18387 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18388 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18389 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18390 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18391 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18392 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18393 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18394 \\[m2-link] link
18396 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18397 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18398 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18400 \(fn)" t nil)
18402 ;;;***
18404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18405 ;;;;;; 0))
18406 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18408 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18409 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18411 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18413 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18414 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18416 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18418 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18419 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18421 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18423 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18424 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18426 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18428 ;;;***
18430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18431 ;;;;;; 0))
18432 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18434 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18435 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18437 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18438 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18439 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18441 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18442 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18443 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18445 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18446 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18448 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18449 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18450 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18451 hemisphere you're in.)
18453 To test this function, evaluate:
18454 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18456 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18458 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18459 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18461 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18462 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18464 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18465 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18466 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18468 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18469 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18471 To test this function, evaluate:
18472 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18474 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18476 ;;;***
18478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21537 18599 384335 0))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18481 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18482 Main entry point for MPC.
18484 \(fn)" t nil)
18486 ;;;***
18488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18489 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18491 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18492 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18494 \(fn)" t nil)
18496 ;;;***
18498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21528 3626 241769 0))
18499 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18501 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18502 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18503 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18504 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18505 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18506 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18508 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18510 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18511 Toggle Msb mode.
18512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18513 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18514 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18516 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18517 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18521 ;;;***
18523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18524 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18527 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18528 Display a list of all character sets.
18530 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18531 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18532 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18533 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18534 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18536 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18537 but still shows the full information.
18539 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18541 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18542 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18543 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18545 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18546 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18547 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18548 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18549 meanings of these arguments.
18551 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18553 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18554 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18556 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18558 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18559 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18561 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18563 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18564 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18566 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18568 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18569 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18571 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18572 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18573 in place of `..':
18574 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18575 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18576 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18577 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18578 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18579 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18580 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18581 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18582 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18583 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18584 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18585 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18586 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18587 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18588 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18589 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18591 \(fn)" t nil)
18593 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18594 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18596 \(fn)" t nil)
18598 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18599 Display a list of all coding systems.
18600 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18602 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18603 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18607 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18608 Display a list of all coding categories.
18610 \(fn)" nil nil)
18612 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18614 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18616 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18618 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18619 Display information about FONTSET.
18620 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18622 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18624 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18625 Display a list of all fontsets.
18626 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18627 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18628 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18632 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18633 Display information about all input methods.
18635 \(fn)" t nil)
18637 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18640 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18641 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18642 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18643 system which uses fontsets).
18645 \(fn)" t nil)
18647 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18648 Show log of font listing and opening.
18649 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18650 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18652 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18654 ;;;***
18656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21412
18657 ;;;;;; 2598 318409 0))
18658 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18660 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18661 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18663 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18664 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18666 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18667 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18669 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18671 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18672 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18673 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18674 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18675 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18676 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18677 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18679 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18680 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18681 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18682 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18683 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18684 middle of a character in STR.
18686 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18687 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18689 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18690 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18691 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18692 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18693 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18695 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18697 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18698 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18700 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18701 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18702 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18704 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18705 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18706 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18708 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18709 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18710 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18711 are considered.
18712 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18713 longer than KEYSEQ.
18714 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18716 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18718 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18719 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18720 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18721 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18722 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18723 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18724 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18725 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18726 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18727 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18728 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18730 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18732 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18733 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18735 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18737 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18738 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18740 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18742 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18743 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18745 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18747 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18748 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18750 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18752 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18753 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18754 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18755 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18756 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18758 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18759 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18761 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18762 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18763 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18764 coding systems ordered by priority.
18766 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18768 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18770 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18771 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18772 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18773 language environment LANG-ENV.
18775 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18777 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18778 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18779 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18780 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18781 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18782 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18784 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18786 ;;;***
18788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18789 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18790 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18792 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18793 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18795 \(fn)" t nil)
18797 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18798 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18800 \(fn)" t nil)
18802 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18803 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18805 \(fn)" t nil)
18807 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18808 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18810 \(fn)" t nil)
18812 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18813 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18815 \(fn)" t nil)
18817 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18818 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18820 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18822 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18823 Ping HOST.
18824 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18825 `ping-program-options'.
18827 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18829 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18830 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18832 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18834 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18835 Run nslookup program.
18837 \(fn)" t nil)
18839 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18840 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18842 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18844 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18845 Run dig program.
18847 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18849 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18850 Run ftp program.
18852 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18854 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18855 Finger USER on HOST.
18857 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18859 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18860 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18861 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18862 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18864 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18866 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18869 \(fn)" t nil)
18871 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18872 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18874 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18876 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18877 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18879 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18881 ;;;***
18883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
18884 ;;;;;; 0))
18885 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18887 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18888 Return a user name/password pair.
18889 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18890 listed in the PORTS list.
18892 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18894 ;;;***
18896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
18897 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18898 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18900 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18901 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18902 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18903 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18904 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18905 closes it.
18907 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18908 make it unique.
18909 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18910 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18911 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18912 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18913 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18914 a port number to connect to.
18916 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18917 values:
18919 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18920 nil or `network'
18921 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18922 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18923 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18924 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18925 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18926 an unencrypted connection.
18927 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18928 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18929 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18930 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18931 returned object is a killed process.
18932 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18933 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18934 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18936 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18937 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18938 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18939 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18940 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18941 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18942 or nil if none could be found.
18943 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18944 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18946 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18948 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18949 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18950 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18952 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18953 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18954 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18956 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18957 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18958 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18960 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18961 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18962 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18963 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18965 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18966 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18968 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18969 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18970 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18971 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18972 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18973 or STARTTLS connections.
18975 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
18976 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
18978 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
18979 a greeting from the server.
18981 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18982 asynchronously, if possible.
18984 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18986 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18988 ;;;***
18990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21584
18991 ;;;;;; 48809 507899 0))
18992 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18994 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18995 Check whether newsticker is running.
18996 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18997 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18999 \(fn)" nil nil)
19001 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19002 Start the newsticker.
19003 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19004 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19005 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19006 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19008 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19010 ;;;***
19012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19013 ;;;;;; (21549 9768 351453 0))
19014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19016 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19017 Start newsticker plainview.
19019 \(fn)" t nil)
19021 ;;;***
19023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21574
19024 ;;;;;; 12970 82034 0))
19025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19027 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19028 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19030 \(fn)" t nil)
19032 ;;;***
19034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21549
19035 ;;;;;; 9768 351453 0))
19036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19038 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19039 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19040 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19041 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19042 empty.
19044 \(fn)" nil nil)
19046 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19047 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19048 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19049 running already.
19051 \(fn)" t nil)
19053 ;;;***
19055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21572
19056 ;;;;;; 57638 740412 0))
19057 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19059 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19060 Start newsticker treeview.
19062 \(fn)" t nil)
19064 ;;;***
19066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19067 ;;;;;; 0))
19068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19070 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19071 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19073 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19075 ;;;***
19077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19078 ;;;;;; 0))
19079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19081 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19082 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19083 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19084 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19085 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19086 symbol in the alist.
19088 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19090 ;;;***
19092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21296 1575 438327
19093 ;;;;;; 0))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19096 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19097 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19098 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19100 \(fn)" t nil)
19102 ;;;***
19104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19107 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19108 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19110 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19112 ;;;***
19114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19115 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19117 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19119 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19120 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19121 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19123 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19126 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19128 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19129 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19130 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19131 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19132 to future sessions.
19134 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19136 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19137 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19138 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19139 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19140 future sessions.
19142 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19144 ;;;***
19146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19147 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19150 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19151 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19152 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19153 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19154 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19155 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19157 \(fn)" t nil)
19159 ;;;***
19161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21553 6820 877466 0))
19162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19163 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19165 ;;;***
19167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21293 25385
19168 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19169 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19171 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19172 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19173 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19174 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19176 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19178 ;;;***
19180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21383 2343
19181 ;;;;;; 498187 0))
19182 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19184 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19185 Major mode for editing XML.
19187 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19188 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19189 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19190 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19191 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19192 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19193 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19195 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19197 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19198 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19200 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19201 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19202 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19203 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19204 instead of C-c.
19206 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19207 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19208 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19209 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19210 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19211 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19213 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19214 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19215 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19217 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19218 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19219 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19221 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19222 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19223 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19224 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19225 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19226 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19227 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19228 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19229 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19231 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19233 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19234 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19236 \(fn)" t nil)
19237 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19239 ;;;***
19241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21293 25385
19242 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
19243 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19245 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19246 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19247 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19248 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19250 \(fn)" t nil)
19252 ;;;***
19254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21437 5802
19255 ;;;;;; 125919 0))
19256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19258 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19259 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19261 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19262 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19263 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19264 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19266 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19268 Key bindings:
19269 \\{octave-mode-map}
19271 \(fn)" t nil)
19273 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19274 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19275 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19277 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19279 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19280 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19282 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19283 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19284 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19288 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19290 ;;;***
19292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21584 48809
19293 ;;;;;; 507899 0))
19294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19296 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19298 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19299 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19300 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19301 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19302 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19304 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19306 Customization:
19308 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19309 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19310 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19311 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19312 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19313 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19314 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19315 Directories to search when finding external units.
19316 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19317 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19319 Coloring:
19321 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19322 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19324 \(fn)" t nil)
19326 ;;;***
19328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21584 48809 507899 0))
19329 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19331 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19332 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19334 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19336 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19337 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19338 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19339 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19340 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19341 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19343 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19345 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19346 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19347 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19348 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19349 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19351 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19353 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19354 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19356 \(fn)" nil nil)
19358 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19359 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19361 \(fn)" nil nil)
19363 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19364 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19365 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19367 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19368 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19369 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19370 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19371 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19372 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19373 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19374 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19375 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19376 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19378 The following commands are available:
19380 \\{org-mode-map}
19382 \(fn)" t nil)
19384 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19385 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19387 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19388 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19389 in special contexts.
19391 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19392 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19393 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19394 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19395 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19396 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19397 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19398 properties in the buffer.
19399 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19400 including any drawers.
19402 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19404 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19405 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19406 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19407 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19408 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19409 and zoom in further.
19410 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19411 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19413 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19414 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19415 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19416 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19417 times right after creating a new headline.
19419 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19420 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19421 is negative, go up that many levels.
19423 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19424 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19425 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19427 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19428 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19429 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19430 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19434 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19435 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19436 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19437 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19440 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19442 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19443 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19444 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19445 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19446 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19447 defined by Org-mode).
19449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19451 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19452 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19454 \(fn)" nil nil)
19456 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19457 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19459 \(fn)" nil nil)
19461 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19462 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19463 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19464 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19465 call CMD.
19467 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19469 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19470 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19471 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19472 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19474 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19475 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19476 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19478 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19479 part of Org's core.
19481 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19482 active region.
19484 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19486 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19487 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19488 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19490 \(fn)" t nil)
19492 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19493 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19494 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19495 Org-mode syntax.
19497 \(fn)" t nil)
19499 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19500 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19502 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19504 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19505 Switch between Org buffers.
19506 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19507 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19509 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19510 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19514 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19516 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19518 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19519 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19520 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19521 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19523 \(fn)" t nil)
19525 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19526 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19528 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19530 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19531 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19532 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19534 \(fn)" t nil)
19536 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19537 Reload all org lisp files.
19538 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19540 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19542 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19543 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19545 \(fn)" t nil)
19547 ;;;***
19549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21563 42665
19550 ;;;;;; 706656 0))
19551 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19553 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19554 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19558 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19559 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19560 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19561 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19563 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19564 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19565 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19566 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19567 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19568 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19569 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19570 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19571 e Export views to associated files.
19572 s Search entries for keywords.
19573 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19574 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19575 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19576 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19577 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19578 > Remove a previous restriction.
19579 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19580 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19581 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19583 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19584 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19585 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19587 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19588 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19589 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19590 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19591 \(if active).
19593 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19595 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19596 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19597 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19598 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19599 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19600 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19601 before running the agenda command.
19603 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19605 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19606 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19607 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19608 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19609 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19610 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19611 before running the agenda command.
19613 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19614 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19616 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19618 category The category of the item
19619 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19620 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19621 todo selected in TODO match
19622 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19623 diary imported from diary
19624 deadline a deadline on given date
19625 scheduled scheduled on given date
19626 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19627 closed entry was closed on given date
19628 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19629 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19630 block entry has date block including g. date
19631 todo The todo keyword, if any
19632 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19633 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19634 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19635 extra Sting with extra planning info
19636 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19637 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19638 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19640 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19642 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19643 Store agenda views.
19645 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19647 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19648 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19650 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19652 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19653 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19654 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19655 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19657 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19658 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19659 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19661 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19662 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19664 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19665 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19667 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19669 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19670 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19672 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19673 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19674 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19675 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19676 EDIT-AT.
19678 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19679 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19680 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19681 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19682 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19683 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19685 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19686 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19687 including newlines.
19689 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19690 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19691 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19692 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19693 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19694 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19695 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19697 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19698 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19699 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19700 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19702 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19703 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19704 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19705 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19706 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19707 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19708 Boolean search must match as full words.
19710 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19711 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19713 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19715 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19716 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19717 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19718 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19719 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19720 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19724 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19725 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19726 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19728 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19730 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19731 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19732 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19733 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19734 `org-stuck-projects'.
19736 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19738 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19739 Return diary information from org files.
19740 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19741 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19742 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19743 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19744 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19746 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19748 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19750 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19751 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19753 &%%(org-diary)
19755 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19756 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19757 So the example above may also be written as
19759 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19761 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19762 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19763 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19765 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19767 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19768 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19770 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19772 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19773 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19774 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19775 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19776 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19778 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19780 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19781 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19782 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19784 \(fn)" t nil)
19786 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19787 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19788 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19789 appointments.
19791 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19792 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19794 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19795 for filtering entries out.
19797 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19798 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19799 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19801 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19802 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19804 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19805 (category \"Work\"))
19807 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19808 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19810 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19811 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19812 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19813 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19814 details and examples.
19816 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19817 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19819 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19821 ;;;***
19823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21551 51499
19824 ;;;;;; 554352 0))
19825 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19827 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19828 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19830 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19832 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19833 Capture something.
19834 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19835 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19836 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19837 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19838 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19839 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19841 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19842 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19843 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19844 stored.
19846 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19848 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19849 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19850 will be bypassed.
19852 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19853 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19854 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19855 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19857 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19859 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19860 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19862 \(fn)" t nil)
19864 ;;;***
19866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 37672
19867 ;;;;;; 97862 0))
19868 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19870 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19871 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19873 \(fn)" t nil)
19875 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19878 \(fn)" nil nil)
19880 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19881 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19882 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19884 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19886 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19887 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19889 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19891 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19892 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19894 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19896 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19897 Write the column view table.
19898 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19900 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
19901 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
19902 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
19903 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
19904 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
19905 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
19906 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
19907 using `org-id-find'.
19908 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
19909 a hline before each level <= that number.
19910 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
19911 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
19912 :skip-empty-rows
19913 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
19914 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
19916 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
19918 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
19919 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
19921 \(fn)" t nil)
19923 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
19924 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
19926 \(fn)" t nil)
19928 ;;;***
19930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21584 48809
19931 ;;;;;; 507899 0))
19932 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
19934 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
19935 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
19937 \(fn)" nil t)
19939 ;;;***
19941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21551 51499 554352
19942 ;;;;;; 0))
19943 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
19945 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
19946 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
19948 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
19950 ;;;***
19952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21563 42665
19953 ;;;;;; 706656 0))
19954 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
19956 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
19957 The release version of org-mode.
19958 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19960 \(fn)" nil nil)
19962 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
19963 The Git version of org-mode.
19964 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
19966 \(fn)" nil nil)
19968 ;;;***
19970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
19971 ;;;;;; 0))
19972 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19973 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19974 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19976 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
19977 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19978 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19979 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19981 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19982 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19983 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19984 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19986 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19987 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19988 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19989 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19990 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19991 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19993 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19994 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19995 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19997 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19998 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19999 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20000 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20001 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20002 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20003 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20004 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20005 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20006 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20007 The subheadings remain visible.
20008 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20010 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20011 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20012 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20014 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20015 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20017 \(fn)" t nil)
20019 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20020 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20022 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20023 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20025 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20028 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20030 ;;;***
20032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21579 30887
20033 ;;;;;; 81406 0))
20034 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20035 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20037 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20038 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20039 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20040 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20041 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20043 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20044 activate the package system at any time.")
20046 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20048 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20049 Install the package PKG.
20050 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20051 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20053 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20055 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20056 Install a package from the current buffer.
20057 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20058 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20059 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20061 \(fn)" t nil)
20063 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20064 Install a package from a file.
20065 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20067 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20069 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20070 Import keys from FILE.
20072 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20074 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20075 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20076 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20077 makes them available for download.
20079 \(fn)" t nil)
20081 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20082 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20083 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20084 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20086 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20088 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20089 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20091 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20093 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20094 Display a list of packages.
20095 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20096 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20097 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20099 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20101 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20103 ;;;***
20105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21568 60581 999550 0))
20106 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20108 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20109 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20110 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20111 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20112 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20113 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20115 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20117 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20118 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20119 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20120 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20121 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20123 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20124 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20125 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20129 ;;;***
20131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21541
20132 ;;;;;; 15655 55679 0))
20133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20134 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20136 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20137 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20138 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20139 unknown are returned as nil.
20141 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20143 ;;;***
20145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21429 11690
20146 ;;;;;; 49391 0))
20147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20149 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20150 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20151 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20153 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20154 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20156 Other useful functions are:
20158 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20159 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20160 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20161 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20162 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20163 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20164 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20165 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20166 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20168 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20170 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20171 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20172 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20173 Indentation for case statements.
20174 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20175 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20176 mark after an end.
20177 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20178 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20179 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20180 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20181 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20182 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20183 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20184 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20185 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20186 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20188 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20189 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20191 \(fn)" t nil)
20193 ;;;***
20195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20196 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20197 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20199 (defvar password-cache t "\
20200 Whether to cache passwords.")
20202 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20204 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20205 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20206 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20208 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20210 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20211 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20213 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20215 ;;;***
20217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21542 36519
20218 ;;;;;; 256429 0))
20219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20221 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20222 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20223 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20225 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20226 _ matches anything.
20227 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20228 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20229 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20230 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20231 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20232 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20233 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20234 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20235 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20236 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20237 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20238 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20240 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20241 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20242 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20243 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20244 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20245 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20246 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20248 FUN can take the form
20249 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20250 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20251 which is the value being matched.
20252 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20253 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20254 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20255 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20256 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20257 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20258 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20260 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20262 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20264 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20265 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20267 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20269 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20271 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20272 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20273 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20274 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20276 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20278 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20280 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20281 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20282 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20283 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20285 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20287 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20289 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20290 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20292 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20294 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20296 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20298 ;;;***
20300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20301 ;;;;;; 0))
20302 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20304 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20305 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20307 \(fn)" nil nil)
20309 ;;;***
20311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20312 ;;;;;; 0))
20313 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20315 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20316 Completion for `gzip'.
20318 \(fn)" nil nil)
20320 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20321 Completion for `bzip2'.
20323 \(fn)" nil nil)
20325 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20326 Completion for GNU `make'.
20328 \(fn)" nil nil)
20330 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20331 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20333 \(fn)" nil nil)
20335 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20337 ;;;***
20339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20340 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20341 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20343 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20344 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20346 \(fn)" nil nil)
20348 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20349 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20351 \(fn)" nil nil)
20353 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20354 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20356 \(fn)" nil nil)
20358 ;;;***
20360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20361 ;;;;;; 0))
20362 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20364 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20365 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20367 \(fn)" nil nil)
20369 ;;;***
20371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20372 ;;;;;; 0))
20373 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20375 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20376 Completion for `cd'.
20378 \(fn)" nil nil)
20380 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20382 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20383 Completion for `rmdir'.
20385 \(fn)" nil nil)
20387 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20388 Completion for `rm'.
20390 \(fn)" nil nil)
20392 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20393 Completion for `xargs'.
20395 \(fn)" nil nil)
20397 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20399 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20400 Completion for `which'.
20402 \(fn)" nil nil)
20404 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20405 Completion for the `chown' command.
20407 \(fn)" nil nil)
20409 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20410 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20412 \(fn)" nil nil)
20414 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20415 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20417 \(fn)" nil nil)
20419 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20420 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20421 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20423 \(fn)" nil nil)
20425 ;;;***
20427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20428 ;;;;;; 0))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20431 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20432 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20434 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20437 Completion for the `ack' command.
20438 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20439 long options.
20441 \(fn)" nil nil)
20443 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20445 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20446 Completion for the `ag' command.
20448 \(fn)" nil nil)
20450 ;;;***
20452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20453 ;;;;;; 0))
20454 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20456 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20457 Support extensible programmable completion.
20458 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20459 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20461 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20463 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20464 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20466 \(fn)" t nil)
20468 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20469 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20470 This will modify the current buffer.
20472 \(fn)" t nil)
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20475 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20477 \(fn)" t nil)
20479 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20480 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20481 This will modify the current buffer.
20483 \(fn)" t nil)
20485 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20486 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20488 \(fn)" t nil)
20490 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20491 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20493 \(fn)" t nil)
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20496 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20497 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20498 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20499 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20501 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20503 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20504 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20506 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508 ;;;***
20510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21280 13349 392544 0))
20511 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20513 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20514 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20515 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20516 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20518 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20520 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20522 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20523 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20524 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20525 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20526 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20527 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20528 FLAGS is ignored.
20530 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20533 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20534 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20535 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20536 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20537 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20538 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20539 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20541 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20543 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20544 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20545 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20546 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20547 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20548 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20549 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20550 passed to cvs.
20552 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20554 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20555 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20556 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20557 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20558 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20559 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20560 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20562 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20564 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20565 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20566 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20568 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20570 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20571 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20572 A value of nil means never do it.
20573 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20574 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20575 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20577 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20579 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20580 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20581 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20583 ;;;***
20585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21280 13349
20586 ;;;;;; 392544 0))
20587 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20589 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20590 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20592 ;;;***
20594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21535
20595 ;;;;;; 63274 647253 0))
20596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20597 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20598 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20599 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20600 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20601 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20602 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20604 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20605 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20606 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20607 Tab indents for Perl code.
20608 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20609 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20610 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20611 \\{perl-mode-map}
20612 Variables controlling indentation style:
20613 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20614 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20615 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20616 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20617 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20618 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20619 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20620 `perl-nochange'
20621 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20622 `perl-indent-level'
20623 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20624 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20625 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20626 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20627 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20628 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20629 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20630 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20631 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20632 `perl-brace-offset'
20633 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20634 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20635 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20636 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20637 `perl-label-offset'
20638 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20639 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20640 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20642 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20643 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20644 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20645 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20646 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20647 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20648 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20650 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20652 \(fn)" t nil)
20654 ;;;***
20656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21419 62246
20657 ;;;;;; 751914 0))
20658 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20660 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20661 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20662 \\<picture-mode-map>
20663 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20664 afterwards settable by these commands:
20666 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20667 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20668 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20669 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20671 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20672 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20673 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20674 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20676 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20677 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20678 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20679 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20681 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20682 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20683 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20684 with these commands:
20686 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20687 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20688 Move to column following last
20689 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20690 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20691 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20692 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20693 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20694 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20696 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20698 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20699 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20700 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20701 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20702 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20703 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20705 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20706 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20707 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20708 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20709 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20710 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20711 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20713 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20714 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20715 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20716 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20717 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20718 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20719 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20720 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20722 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20723 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20724 by supplying an argument.
20726 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20728 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20729 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20731 \(fn)" t nil)
20733 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20735 ;;;***
20737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20738 ;;;;;; 0))
20739 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20741 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20742 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20744 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20746 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20747 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20749 \(fn)" t nil)
20751 ;;;***
20753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20754 ;;;;;; 0))
20755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20757 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20758 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20759 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20761 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20763 ;;;***
20765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20766 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20768 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20769 Play pong and waste time.
20770 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20771 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20773 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20775 \\{pong-mode-map}
20777 \(fn)" t nil)
20779 ;;;***
20781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20784 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20785 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20786 Use streaming commands.
20788 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20790 ;;;***
20792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21429 11690 49391
20793 ;;;;;; 0))
20794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20796 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20797 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20798 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20799 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20801 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20803 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20804 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20806 \(fn)" nil nil)
20808 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20809 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20810 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20811 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20812 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20814 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20816 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20817 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20818 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20820 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20822 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20823 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20825 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20827 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20828 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20829 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20830 Ignores leading comment characters.
20832 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20834 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20835 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20836 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20837 Ignores leading comment characters.
20839 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20841 ;;;***
20843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21546 33576 601815
20844 ;;;;;; 0))
20845 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20846 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20848 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20849 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20851 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20853 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20855 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20857 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20858 Preview directory using ghostview.
20860 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20861 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20862 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20863 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20865 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20866 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20867 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20868 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20869 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20870 file name.
20872 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20874 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20876 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20877 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20879 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20880 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20881 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20882 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20884 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20885 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20886 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20887 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20888 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20889 file name.
20891 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20893 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20895 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20896 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20898 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20899 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20900 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20901 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20903 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20904 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20905 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20906 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20907 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20908 file name.
20910 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20912 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20914 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20915 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20917 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20919 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20920 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20921 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20922 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20924 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20925 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20926 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20927 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20928 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20929 file name.
20931 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20933 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20935 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
20936 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20938 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20939 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20940 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20942 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20943 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20944 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20945 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20947 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20949 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20950 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20952 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20953 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20954 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20956 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20957 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20958 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20959 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20961 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20963 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
20964 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20966 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20967 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20968 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20970 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20971 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20972 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20973 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20975 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20977 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
20978 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20980 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20982 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20983 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20984 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20986 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20987 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20988 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20989 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20991 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20993 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
20994 Preview region using ghostview.
20996 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20998 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21000 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21001 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21003 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21005 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21007 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21008 Print region using PostScript printer.
21010 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21012 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21014 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21015 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21017 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21019 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21021 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21022 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21024 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21026 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21029 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21031 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21033 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21035 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21036 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21038 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21042 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21043 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21045 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21047 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21049 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21050 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21051 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21052 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21054 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21055 matching.
21057 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21058 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21060 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21062 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21064 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21065 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21066 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21067 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21069 \(fn)" t nil)
21071 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21072 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21073 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21074 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21078 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21079 Print directory using text printer.
21081 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21082 matching.
21084 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21085 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21087 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21089 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21091 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21092 Print buffer using text printer.
21094 \(fn)" t nil)
21096 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21097 Print region using text printer.
21099 \(fn)" t nil)
21101 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21102 Print major mode using text printer.
21104 \(fn)" t nil)
21106 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21107 Preview spooled PostScript.
21109 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21110 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21111 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21113 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21114 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21115 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21117 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21119 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21120 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21122 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21123 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21124 instead of sending it to the printer.
21126 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21127 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21128 image in a file with that name.
21130 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21133 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21135 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21136 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21137 instead of sending it to the printer.
21139 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21140 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21141 image in a file with that name.
21143 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21145 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21146 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21148 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21149 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21150 instead of sending it to the printer.
21152 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21153 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21154 image in a file with that name.
21156 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21159 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21161 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21163 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21164 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21166 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21168 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21169 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21171 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21173 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21174 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21176 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21178 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21179 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21181 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21183 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21184 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21186 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21187 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21188 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21189 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21191 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21192 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21193 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21194 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21195 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21196 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21197 file name.
21199 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21201 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21202 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21204 \(fn)" t nil)
21206 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21207 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21209 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21210 right.
21211 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21212 bottom.
21214 \(fn)" t nil)
21216 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21217 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21219 \(fn)" t nil)
21221 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21222 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21224 \(fn)" t nil)
21226 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21227 Toggle printing with faces.
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21231 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21232 Toggle spooling.
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21237 Toggle duplex.
21239 \(fn)" t nil)
21241 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21242 Toggle tumble.
21244 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21245 right.
21246 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21247 bottom.
21249 \(fn)" t nil)
21251 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21252 Toggle landscape.
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21257 Toggle upside-down.
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21261 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21262 Toggle line number.
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21266 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21267 Toggle zebra stripes.
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21271 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21272 Toggle printing header.
21274 \(fn)" t nil)
21276 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21277 Toggle printing header frame.
21279 \(fn)" t nil)
21281 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21282 Toggle menu lock.
21284 \(fn)" t nil)
21286 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21287 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21289 \(fn)" t nil)
21291 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21292 Toggle auto mode.
21294 \(fn)" t nil)
21296 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21297 Customization of the `printing' group.
21299 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21301 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21302 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21304 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21306 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21307 Help for the printing package.
21309 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21311 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21312 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21314 \(fn)" t nil)
21316 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21317 Interactively select a text printer.
21319 \(fn)" t nil)
21321 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21322 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21324 \(fn)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21327 Show current ps-print settings.
21329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21332 Show current printing settings.
21334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21336 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21337 Show current lpr settings.
21339 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21341 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21342 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21344 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21345 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21346 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21347 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21350 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21352 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21353 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21354 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21356 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21357 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21358 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21359 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21360 current active printer.
21362 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21363 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21364 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21365 printer.
21367 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21368 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21369 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21370 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21371 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21374 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21375 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21377 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21379 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21380 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21381 be done using the new current active printer.
21383 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21384 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21385 printer.
21387 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21388 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21389 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21390 instead of sending it to the printer.
21392 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21393 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21394 printer.
21396 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21399 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21400 are both set to t.
21402 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21405 Fast fire function for text printing.
21407 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21408 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21409 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21410 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21412 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21413 user for a new active text printer.
21415 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21417 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21419 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21420 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21421 printer.
21423 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21425 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21426 are both set to t.
21428 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21430 ;;;***
21432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21433 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21435 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21436 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21437 \\<proced-mode-map>
21438 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21439 the process information.
21441 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21443 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21444 Proced buffers.
21446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21448 ;;;***
21450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21451 ;;;;;; 0))
21452 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21454 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21455 Start/restart profilers.
21456 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21457 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21458 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21460 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21462 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21463 Open profile FILENAME.
21465 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21467 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21468 Open profile FILENAME.
21470 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21473 Open profile FILENAME.
21475 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21477 ;;;***
21479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21563 42665
21480 ;;;;;; 706656 0))
21481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21483 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21484 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21486 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21487 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21489 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21491 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21492 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21494 Commands:
21495 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21497 \(fn)" t nil)
21499 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21500 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21501 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21503 \(fn)" t nil)
21505 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21506 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21507 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21509 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21511 ;;;***
21513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21514 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21516 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21517 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21518 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21520 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21522 ;;;***
21524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21586 4146
21525 ;;;;;; 376146 0))
21526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21527 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21529 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21530 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21532 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21534 The following variables hold user options, and can
21535 be set through the `customize' command:
21537 `ps-mode-tab'
21538 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21539 `ps-mode-print-function'
21540 `ps-run-prompt'
21541 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21542 `ps-run-x'
21543 `ps-run-dumb'
21544 `ps-run-init'
21545 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21546 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21548 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21551 \\{ps-mode-map}
21554 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21555 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21556 The keymap for this second window is:
21558 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21561 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21562 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21563 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21564 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21565 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21567 \(fn)" t nil)
21569 ;;;***
21571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21549 9768 351453
21572 ;;;;;; 0))
21573 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21574 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21576 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21577 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21578 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21580 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21582 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21583 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21584 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21585 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21587 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21589 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21590 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21592 Valid values are:
21594 nil Do not print colors.
21596 t Print colors.
21598 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21599 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21601 Any other value is treated as t.")
21603 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21605 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21606 Customization of ps-print group.
21608 \(fn)" t nil)
21610 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21611 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21613 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21614 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21615 sending it to the printer.
21617 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21618 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21619 image in a file with that name.
21621 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21623 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21624 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21625 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21626 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21627 so it has a way to determine color values.
21629 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21631 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21632 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21633 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21635 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21637 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21638 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21639 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21640 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21641 so it has a way to determine color values.
21643 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21645 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21646 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21647 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21648 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21650 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21652 \(fn)" t nil)
21654 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21655 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21656 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21657 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21658 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21660 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21662 \(fn)" t nil)
21664 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21665 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21666 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21668 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21670 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21672 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21673 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21674 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21675 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21676 so it has a way to determine color values.
21678 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21680 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21683 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21685 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21686 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21687 instead of sending it to the printer.
21689 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21690 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21691 image in a file with that name.
21693 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21695 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21696 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21697 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21698 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21699 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21701 \(fn)" t nil)
21703 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21704 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21705 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21707 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21709 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21710 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21711 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21713 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21715 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21716 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21718 \(fn)" nil nil)
21720 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21721 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21723 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21724 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21726 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21727 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21729 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21731 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21733 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21735 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21736 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21738 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21739 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21741 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21742 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21744 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21746 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21748 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21750 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21751 foreground and background colors respectively.
21753 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21754 bold - use bold font.
21755 italic - use italic font.
21756 underline - put a line under text.
21757 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21758 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21759 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21760 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21761 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21763 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21765 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21767 ;;;***
21769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21770 ;;;;;; 0))
21771 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21772 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21774 ;;;***
21776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21563 42665
21777 ;;;;;; 706656 0))
21778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21779 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21781 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21783 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21785 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21786 Run an inferior Python process.
21787 Input and output via buffer named after
21788 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21789 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21791 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21792 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21793 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21794 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21796 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21797 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21798 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21800 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21802 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21803 Major mode for editing Python files.
21805 \\{python-mode-map}
21807 \(fn)" t nil)
21809 ;;;***
21811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21812 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21814 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21815 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21816 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21817 coding-system.
21819 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21820 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21822 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21823 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21824 them into characters should be done separately.
21826 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21828 ;;;***
21830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21831 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21832 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21834 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21835 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21837 \(fn)" nil nil)
21839 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21840 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21841 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21843 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21844 `quail-activate', which see.
21846 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21848 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21849 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21850 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21851 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21852 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21853 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21854 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21856 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21857 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21858 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21859 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21860 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21861 shown.
21862 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21864 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21865 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21866 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21867 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21868 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21869 list of candidates.
21871 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21872 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21873 command to be called.
21875 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21876 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21877 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21878 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21880 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21881 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21882 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21883 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21884 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21885 to t.
21887 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21888 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21889 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21890 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21892 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21893 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21894 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21895 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21896 defines no translations for single character keys.
21898 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21899 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21900 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21901 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21902 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21903 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21905 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21906 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21907 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21908 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21909 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21910 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21912 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21913 covers Quail translation region.
21915 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21916 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21917 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21918 for it) is inserted.
21920 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21921 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21922 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21924 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21925 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21926 non-Quail commands.
21928 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21930 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21931 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21933 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21934 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21935 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21936 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21937 you type is correctly handled.
21939 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21941 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
21942 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21944 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21945 keyboard type.
21947 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21949 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
21950 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21951 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21952 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21953 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21954 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21955 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21956 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21957 for the translation.
21958 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21960 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21961 it is used to handle KEY.
21963 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21964 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21965 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21966 the following annotation types are supported.
21968 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21969 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21971 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21972 candidate list.
21974 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21975 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21976 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21977 inserted.
21979 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21980 generated for the following translations.
21982 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
21984 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
21985 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21987 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21988 which to install MAP.
21990 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21992 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21994 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
21995 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21997 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21998 which to install MAP.
22000 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22002 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22004 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22005 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22006 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22007 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22008 a function, or a cons.
22009 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22010 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22011 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22012 for the translation.
22013 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22014 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22015 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22016 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22017 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22019 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22020 it is used to handle KEY.
22022 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22023 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22024 current Quail package.
22026 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22027 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22029 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22031 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22032 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22034 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22035 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22037 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22039 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22040 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22042 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22044 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22045 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22046 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22047 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22048 of the Emacs source tree.
22050 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22051 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22053 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22054 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22055 of each directory.
22057 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22059 ;;;***
22061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22062 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22063 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22065 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22066 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22067 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22068 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22070 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22072 ;;;***
22074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22075 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22076 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22078 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22079 Activate UCS input method.
22080 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22082 While this input method is active, the variable
22083 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22085 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22087 ;;;***
22089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22090 ;;;;;; 0))
22091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22093 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22094 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22095 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22096 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22098 To make use of this do something like:
22100 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22102 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22104 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22105 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22107 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22108 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22109 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22111 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22113 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22114 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22116 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22118 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22119 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22121 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22122 is decided.
22124 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22126 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22127 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22129 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22130 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22131 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22133 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22135 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22136 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22138 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22140 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22141 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22143 \(fn)" t nil)
22145 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22146 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22148 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22150 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22152 \(fn)" t nil)
22154 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22155 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22157 \(fn)" t nil)
22159 ;;;***
22161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21585 9772 592973 408000))
22162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22164 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22165 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22167 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22169 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22171 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22173 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22175 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22178 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22180 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22181 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22182 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22183 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22184 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22185 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22187 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22189 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22190 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22192 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22193 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22197 ;;;***
22199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22200 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22201 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22203 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22205 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22206 Construct a regexp interactively.
22207 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22208 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22209 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22211 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22212 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22214 \(fn)" t nil)
22216 ;;;***
22218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22219 ;;;;;; 0))
22220 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22222 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22223 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22224 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22227 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22229 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22231 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22232 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22235 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22237 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22238 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22239 were operated on recently.
22241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22243 ;;;***
22245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21546 33576 601815 0))
22246 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22248 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22249 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22250 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22251 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22252 ends.
22254 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22255 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22256 to be deleted.
22258 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22260 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22261 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22262 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22264 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22265 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22266 deleted.
22268 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22270 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22271 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22272 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22274 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22276 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22277 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22279 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22280 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22282 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22283 deleted.
22285 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22286 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22287 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22288 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22289 even beep.)
22291 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22293 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22294 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22296 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22298 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22299 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22301 \(fn)" t nil)
22303 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22304 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22305 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22306 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22307 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22308 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22309 and point is at the lower right corner.
22311 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22313 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22314 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22316 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22317 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22319 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22320 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22321 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22323 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22325 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22327 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22328 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22329 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22330 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22331 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22333 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22334 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22336 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22338 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22339 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22340 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22342 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22344 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22346 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22348 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22349 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22351 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22352 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22353 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22355 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22357 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22358 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22359 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22361 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22362 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22363 rectangle which were empty.
22365 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22367 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22368 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22370 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22371 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22372 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22373 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22375 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22377 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22378 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22379 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22383 ;;;***
22385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22386 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22387 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22389 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22390 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22395 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22396 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22397 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22398 auto-filling.
22400 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22404 ;;;***
22406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21534 42729
22407 ;;;;;; 1557 881000))
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22409 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22410 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22411 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22412 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22414 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22415 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22417 \(fn)" nil nil)
22419 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22420 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22422 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22423 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22425 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22426 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22427 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22428 \\ref macro.
22430 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22431 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22432 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22434 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22435 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22436 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22438 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22439 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22441 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22442 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22444 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22445 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22446 on the menu bar.
22448 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22452 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22453 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22454 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22456 \(fn)" nil nil)
22458 ;;;***
22460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22461 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22463 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22464 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22465 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22466 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22468 ;;;***
22470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21376
22471 ;;;;;; 29092 815151 0))
22472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22474 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22475 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22476 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22477 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22478 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22479 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22481 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22482 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22484 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22485 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22486 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22487 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22489 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22491 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22492 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22493 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22494 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22496 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22498 ;;;***
22500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22501 ;;;;;; 0))
22502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22503 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22505 ;;;***
22507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21584 48809
22508 ;;;;;; 507899 0))
22509 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22510 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22512 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22513 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22514 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22515 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22517 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22519 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22521 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22522 Call `remember' in another frame.
22524 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22526 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22527 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22528 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22530 \(fn)" t nil)
22532 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22533 Extract diary entries from the region.
22535 \(fn)" nil nil)
22537 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22538 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22539 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22540 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22542 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22544 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22545 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22546 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22547 minor mode.
22549 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22551 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22552 Return the buffer.
22554 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22555 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22556 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22558 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22560 ;;;***
22562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22563 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22564 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22566 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22567 Repeat most recently executed command.
22568 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22569 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22570 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22572 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22573 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22574 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22575 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22577 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22578 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22579 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22581 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22583 ;;;***
22585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22586 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22589 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22590 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22592 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22593 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22594 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22595 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22596 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22597 and point is left after the salutation.
22599 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22600 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22601 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22602 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22603 left after that text.
22605 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22606 is non-nil.
22608 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22609 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22610 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22611 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22613 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22615 ;;;***
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22618 ;;;;;; 0))
22619 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22621 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22622 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22623 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22624 visibility of comments that precede it.
22625 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22626 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22627 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22628 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22629 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22630 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22631 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22632 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22633 the comment lines.
22634 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22635 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22636 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22637 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22638 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22642 ;;;***
22644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21359 20005 772941 0))
22645 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22647 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22648 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22649 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22650 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22651 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22653 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22654 reveals invisible text around point.
22656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22658 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22659 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22660 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22663 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22665 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22667 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22668 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22669 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22677 ;;;***
22679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22680 ;;;;;; 0))
22681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22683 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22684 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22686 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22688 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22689 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22691 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22693 ;;;***
22695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22696 ;;;;;; 0))
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22699 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22700 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22701 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22702 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22704 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22706 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22707 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22708 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22709 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22711 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22712 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22714 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22715 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22717 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22718 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22719 INPUT-ARGS.
22721 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22722 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22723 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22724 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22725 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22727 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22728 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22729 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22730 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22732 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22733 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22734 variable.
22736 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22738 ;;;***
22740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21546 33833 660830
22741 ;;;;;; 846000))
22742 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22744 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22745 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22747 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22749 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22751 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22752 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22753 Its name should end with a slash.")
22755 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22756 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22758 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22759 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22760 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22762 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22764 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22765 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22766 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22767 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22768 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22769 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22770 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22772 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22773 sent by you under different user names.
22774 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22776 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22778 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22780 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22782 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22783 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22784 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22785 explicitly.")
22787 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22789 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22790 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22791 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22792 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22793 which normally happens once for each message,
22794 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22795 To make a change in this variable take effect
22796 for a message that you have already viewed,
22797 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22799 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22801 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22802 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22803 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22804 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22806 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22808 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22809 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22811 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22813 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22814 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22815 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22817 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22819 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22820 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22821 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22822 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22823 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22824 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22826 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22828 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22829 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22831 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22833 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22834 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22836 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22838 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22839 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22841 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22842 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22844 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22846 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22847 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22849 This is set to nil by default.")
22851 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22852 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22853 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22854 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22855 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22856 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22857 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22859 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22860 Read and edit incoming mail.
22861 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22862 file in RMAIL Mode.
22863 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22865 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22866 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22867 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22868 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22870 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22872 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22874 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22875 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22876 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22877 Instead, these commands are available:
22879 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22880 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22881 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22882 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22883 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22884 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22885 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22886 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22887 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22888 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22889 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22890 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22891 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22892 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22893 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22894 till a deleted message is found.
22895 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22896 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22897 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22898 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22899 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22900 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22901 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22902 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22903 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22904 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22905 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22906 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
22907 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
22908 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22909 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22910 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22911 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22912 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22913 (label defaults to last one specified).
22914 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22915 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22916 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22917 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22918 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22919 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22920 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22921 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22922 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22924 \(fn)" t nil)
22926 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
22927 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22929 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22931 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
22932 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22934 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22936 ;;;***
22938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
22939 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22941 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
22943 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
22944 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
22945 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
22946 case it writes Babyl.
22948 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22949 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
22950 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22951 `rmail-default-file'.
22953 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
22954 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
22955 buffer, updates it accordingly.
22957 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
22958 the header display is currently pruned.
22960 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
22961 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
22962 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
22963 messages after output.
22965 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
22966 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
22967 message (if writing a file directly).
22969 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
22970 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
22972 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22974 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
22975 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
22976 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
22977 i) the header is output as currently seen
22978 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
22979 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
22981 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
22982 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
22983 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
22985 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
22987 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
22988 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22989 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
22990 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
22991 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
22992 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
22993 `rmail-default-body-file'.
22995 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
22996 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
22997 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
22999 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23001 ;;;***
23003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 49445
23004 ;;;;;; 508378 0))
23005 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23007 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23008 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23009 Return a pattern.
23011 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23013 ;;;***
23015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21293 25385
23016 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23017 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23019 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23020 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23021 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23022 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23024 \(fn)" t nil)
23026 ;;;***
23028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21293 25385
23029 ;;;;;; 120083 0))
23030 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23032 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23033 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23035 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23036 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23037 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23038 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23039 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23040 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23041 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23042 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23043 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23044 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23046 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23047 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23048 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23049 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23050 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23051 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23052 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23053 to use for finding the schema.
23055 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23057 ;;;***
23059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21293 25385 120083
23060 ;;;;;; 0))
23061 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23063 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23065 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23066 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23067 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23068 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23069 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23070 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23071 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23072 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23073 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23074 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23075 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23076 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23077 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23078 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23079 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23080 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23081 must be equal.
23083 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23085 ;;;***
23087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23088 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23089 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23091 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23092 Define a robin package.
23094 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23095 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23096 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23097 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23099 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23100 one replaces the old one.
23102 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23104 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23105 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23107 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23108 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23109 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23111 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23113 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23114 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23116 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23118 ;;;***
23120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23123 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23124 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23126 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23128 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23129 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23131 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23133 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23134 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23136 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23138 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23139 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23140 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23142 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23143 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23144 in ROT13.
23146 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23148 \(fn)" t nil)
23150 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23151 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23153 \(fn)" t nil)
23155 ;;;***
23157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21415 65191 692645
23158 ;;;;;; 0))
23159 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23160 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23162 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23163 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23164 \\<rst-mode-map>
23166 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23167 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23168 highlighting.
23170 \\{rst-mode-map}
23172 \(fn)" t nil)
23174 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23175 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23176 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23177 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23178 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23180 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23181 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23182 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23186 ;;;***
23188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21437
23189 ;;;;;; 5802 125919 0))
23190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23191 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23193 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23194 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23196 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23198 \(fn)" t nil)
23200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23202 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23204 ;;;***
23206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21419 62246 751914
23207 ;;;;;; 0))
23208 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23209 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23211 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23212 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23213 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23215 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23216 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23217 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23218 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23219 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23221 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23223 ;;;***
23225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23226 ;;;;;; 0))
23227 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23229 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23230 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23231 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23232 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23234 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23236 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23237 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23238 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23240 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23241 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23242 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23244 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23245 notation.
23247 STRING
23248 matches string STRING literally.
23250 CHAR
23251 matches character CHAR literally.
23253 `not-newline', `nonl'
23254 matches any character except a newline.
23256 `anything'
23257 matches any character
23259 `(any SET ...)'
23260 `(in SET ...)'
23261 `(char SET ...)'
23262 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23263 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23264 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23266 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23267 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23268 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23269 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23271 `(not (any SET ...))'
23272 matches any character not in SET ...
23274 `line-start', `bol'
23275 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23276 in the text being matched
23278 `line-end', `eol'
23279 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23281 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23282 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23283 string being matched against.
23285 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23286 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23287 string being matched against.
23289 `buffer-start'
23290 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23291 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23293 `buffer-end'
23294 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23295 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23297 `point'
23298 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23300 `word-start', `bow'
23301 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23303 `word-end', `eow'
23304 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23306 `word-boundary'
23307 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23308 word.
23310 `(not word-boundary)'
23311 `not-word-boundary'
23312 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23313 word.
23315 `symbol-start'
23316 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23318 `symbol-end'
23319 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23321 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23322 matches 0 through 9.
23324 `control', `cntrl'
23325 matches ASCII control characters.
23327 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23328 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23330 `blank'
23331 matches space and tab only.
23333 `graphic', `graph'
23334 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23335 space, and DEL.
23337 `printing', `print'
23338 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23339 and DEL.
23341 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23342 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23343 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23345 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23346 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23347 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23349 `ascii'
23350 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23352 `nonascii'
23353 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23355 `lower', `lower-case'
23356 matches anything lower-case.
23358 `upper', `upper-case'
23359 matches anything upper-case.
23361 `punctuation', `punct'
23362 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23363 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23365 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23366 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23368 `word', `wordchar'
23369 matches anything that has word syntax.
23371 `not-wordchar'
23372 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23374 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23375 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23376 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23377 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23379 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23380 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23381 `word' (\\sw)
23382 `symbol' (\\s_)
23383 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23384 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23385 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23386 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23387 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23388 `escape' (\\s\\)
23389 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23390 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23391 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23392 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23393 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23395 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23396 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23398 `(category CATEGORY)'
23399 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23400 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23402 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23403 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23404 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23405 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23406 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23407 `symbol' (\\c5)
23408 `digit' (\\c6)
23409 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23410 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23411 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23412 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23413 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23414 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23415 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23416 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23417 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23418 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23419 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23420 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23421 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23422 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23423 `ascii' (\\ca)
23424 `arabic' (\\cb)
23425 `chinese' (\\cc)
23426 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23427 `greek' (\\cg)
23428 `korean' (\\ch)
23429 `indian' (\\ci)
23430 `japanese' (\\cj)
23431 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23432 `latin' (\\cl)
23433 `lao' (\\co)
23434 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23435 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23436 `thai' (\\ct)
23437 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23438 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23439 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23440 `can-break' (\\c|)
23442 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23443 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23445 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23446 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23447 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23448 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23449 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23451 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23452 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23453 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23454 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23456 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23457 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23458 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23459 group number N.
23461 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23462 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23463 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23464 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23465 regular expression.
23467 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23468 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23469 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23470 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23471 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23473 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23474 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23476 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23477 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23479 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23480 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23481 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23483 `(* SEXP ...)'
23484 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23485 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23487 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23488 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23489 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23491 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23492 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23493 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23495 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23496 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23498 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23499 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23501 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23502 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23503 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23504 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23506 `(? SEXP ...)'
23507 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23509 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23510 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23512 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23513 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23514 matches N occurrences.
23516 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23517 matches N or more occurrences.
23519 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23520 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23521 matches N to M occurrences.
23523 `(backref N)'
23524 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23526 `(eval FORM)'
23527 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23528 `regexp-quote' it.
23530 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23531 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23533 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23535 ;;;***
23537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23538 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23539 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23540 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23542 ;;;***
23544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21326 22692 123234
23545 ;;;;;; 0))
23546 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23547 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23549 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23550 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23551 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23553 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23554 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23556 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23558 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23559 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23560 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23561 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23562 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23564 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23565 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23566 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23567 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23569 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23570 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23571 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23575 ;;;***
23577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21379 5287
23578 ;;;;;; 607434 0))
23579 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23581 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23582 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23583 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23585 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23586 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23587 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23588 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23589 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23590 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23591 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23592 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23594 Commands:
23595 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23596 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23597 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23599 \(fn)" t nil)
23601 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23602 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23603 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23605 Commands:
23606 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23607 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23608 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23609 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23610 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23611 that variable's value is a string.
23613 \(fn)" t nil)
23615 ;;;***
23617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23618 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23621 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23622 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23623 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23625 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23627 \(fn)" t nil)
23629 ;;;***
23631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21388 20265 495157
23632 ;;;;;; 0))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23635 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23636 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23637 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23638 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23639 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23640 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23642 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23644 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23645 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23646 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23647 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23648 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23650 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23651 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23653 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23655 ;;;***
23657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23658 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23659 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23661 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23662 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23664 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23665 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23666 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23667 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23668 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23672 ;;;***
23674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23675 ;;;;;; 0))
23676 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23677 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23678 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23680 ;;;***
23682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23683 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23684 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23685 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23687 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23688 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23689 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23691 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23692 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23693 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23694 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23695 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23696 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23697 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23698 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23699 keybinding for tag names.
23700 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23701 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23702 of the symbol under point.
23703 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23704 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23705 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23706 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23707 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23708 syntax tokens.
23709 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23711 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23713 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23714 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23715 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23718 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23720 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23722 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23723 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23725 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23726 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23728 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23729 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23730 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23731 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23732 Semantic mode.
23734 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23738 ;;;***
23740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23741 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23742 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23744 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23745 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23747 \(fn)" t nil)
23749 ;;;***
23751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23752 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23753 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23755 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23756 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23758 \(fn)" t nil)
23760 ;;;***
23762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23763 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23766 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23767 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23769 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23770 king@grassland.com
23771 If `parens', they look like:
23772 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23773 If `angles', they look like:
23774 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23776 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23777 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23779 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23781 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23782 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23783 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23784 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23786 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23787 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23788 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23789 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23791 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23793 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23794 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23795 This is done when the message is initialized,
23796 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23798 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23800 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23801 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23802 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23804 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23806 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23807 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23808 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23809 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23810 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23811 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23812 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23814 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23816 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23817 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23819 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23821 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23822 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23823 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23824 be a Babyl file.")
23826 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23828 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23829 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23830 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23831 when you first send mail.")
23833 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23835 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23836 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23837 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23838 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23839 This file need not actually exist.")
23841 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23843 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23844 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23846 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23848 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23849 Alist of mail address aliases,
23850 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23851 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23852 can specify a different file name.)
23853 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23854 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23856 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23857 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23858 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23860 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23862 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23863 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23864 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23866 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23868 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23869 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23870 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23871 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23872 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23873 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23874 in the cited portion of the message.
23876 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23877 instead of no action.")
23879 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23881 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23882 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23883 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23884 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23885 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23887 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23889 (defvar mail-signature t "\
23890 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23891 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23892 If a string, that string is inserted.
23893 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23894 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23895 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23896 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23898 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
23900 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
23901 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23903 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
23905 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23906 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
23907 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
23909 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
23910 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
23912 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
23914 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23915 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23916 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
23917 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
23919 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
23921 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
23922 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
23923 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
23925 \(fn)" nil nil)
23927 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
23929 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
23932 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
23934 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
23935 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23936 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23938 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23939 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23941 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23942 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
23943 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
23944 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23945 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23946 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23947 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
23948 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23949 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23950 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23951 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
23952 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
23953 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23954 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23956 \(fn)" t nil)
23958 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23959 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23960 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23961 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23963 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
23965 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23966 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23967 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
23968 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23969 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23970 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23972 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
23973 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23974 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23976 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23977 User should not set this variable manually,
23978 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23979 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23980 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23982 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
23983 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23984 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23985 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23987 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23988 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23990 \\<mail-mode-map>
23991 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23993 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23994 to move to message header fields:
23995 \\{mail-mode-map}
23997 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23998 when the message is initialized.
24000 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24001 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24003 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24004 is inserted.
24006 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24007 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24009 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24010 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24011 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24012 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24013 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24014 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24015 buffer without erasing the contents.
24017 The second through fifth arguments,
24018 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24019 the initial contents of those header fields.
24020 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24021 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24022 original message being replied to, or else an action
24023 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24024 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24025 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24026 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24027 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24028 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24030 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24032 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24033 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24035 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24037 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24038 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24040 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24042 ;;;***
24044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21437 5802 125919 0))
24045 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24047 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24049 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24051 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24053 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24054 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24055 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24056 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24057 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24058 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24060 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24061 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24063 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24064 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24065 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24067 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24068 \\[server-start].
24070 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24072 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24073 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24074 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24075 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24077 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24079 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24080 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24081 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24082 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24083 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24084 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24086 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24088 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24089 Toggle Server mode.
24090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24091 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24092 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24094 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24095 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24096 `server-start' for details.
24098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24100 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24101 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24102 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24104 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24105 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24107 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24109 ;;;***
24111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21580 51751 606453 0))
24112 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24114 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24115 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24117 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24118 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24119 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24120 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24121 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24123 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24124 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24125 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24126 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24127 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24128 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24130 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24131 displayed.
24133 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24134 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24135 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24137 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24138 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24140 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24141 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24143 \\{ses-mode-map}
24144 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24145 part):
24146 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24147 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24148 formula:
24149 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24151 \(fn)" t nil)
24153 ;;;***
24155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21481
24156 ;;;;;; 59815 980216 0))
24157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24159 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24160 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24161 Makes > match <.
24162 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24163 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24165 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24166 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24167 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24169 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24170 in your init file.
24172 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24174 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24175 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24176 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24178 \(fn)" t nil)
24180 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24181 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24182 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24183 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24184 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24185 which this is based.
24187 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24189 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24190 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24191 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24192 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24194 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24195 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24196 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24198 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24199 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24200 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24201 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24203 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24204 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24205 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24206 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24208 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24210 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24211 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24212 To work around that, do:
24213 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24215 \\{html-mode-map}
24217 \(fn)" t nil)
24219 ;;;***
24221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21510
24222 ;;;;;; 60072 112989 0))
24223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24224 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24225 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24227 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24228 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24229 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24230 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24231 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24232 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24234 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24235 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24236 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24237 shell-specific features.
24239 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24240 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24241 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24242 \\<sh-mode-map>
24243 \\[sh-case] case statement
24244 \\[sh-for] for loop
24245 \\[sh-function] function definition
24246 \\[sh-if] if statement
24247 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24248 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24249 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24250 \\[sh-select] select loop
24251 \\[sh-until] until loop
24252 \\[sh-while] while loop
24254 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24255 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24256 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24257 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24258 would indent to the way it currently is.
24259 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24260 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24263 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24264 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24265 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24266 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24267 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24268 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24270 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24271 unquoted < insert a here document.
24273 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24274 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24275 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24277 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24278 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24280 \(fn)" t nil)
24282 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24284 ;;;***
24286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21271 54940
24287 ;;;;;; 492268 31000))
24288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24290 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24291 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24293 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24294 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24295 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24297 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24298 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24299 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24300 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24301 the earlier.
24303 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24305 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24307 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24308 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24309 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24311 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24312 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24314 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24315 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24316 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24317 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24318 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24319 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24320 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24321 Emacs version).
24323 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24324 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24325 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24326 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24327 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24329 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24330 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24332 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24334 ;;;***
24336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24337 ;;;;;; 0))
24338 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24340 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24341 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24342 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24343 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24344 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24345 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24346 sites in the cluster.
24348 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24350 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24351 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24352 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24353 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24354 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24356 \(fn)" t nil)
24358 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24359 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24360 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24361 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24362 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24363 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24364 `shadow-define-cluster').
24366 \(fn)" t nil)
24368 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24369 Set up file shadowing.
24371 \(fn)" t nil)
24373 ;;;***
24375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21374 22080 740835 768000))
24376 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24378 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24379 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24380 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24381 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24382 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24383 arguments.")
24385 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24387 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24388 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24389 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24390 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24391 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24393 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24394 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24395 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24396 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24397 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24398 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24399 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24400 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24401 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24402 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24403 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24405 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24406 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24407 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24408 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24409 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24410 `default-process-coding-system'.
24412 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24413 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24414 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24415 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24417 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24419 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24421 ;;;***
24423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21532 676 459903 0))
24424 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24426 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24427 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24429 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24431 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24432 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24433 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24434 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24436 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24438 ;;;***
24440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24441 ;;;;;; 0))
24442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24444 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24447 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24449 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24452 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24454 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24457 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24459 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24462 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24464 ;;;***
24466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24467 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24470 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24471 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24472 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24473 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24474 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24476 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24478 \(fn)" t nil)
24480 ;;;***
24482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24483 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24486 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24487 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24488 \\{simula-mode-map}
24489 Variables controlling indentation style:
24490 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24491 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24492 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24493 `simula-indent-level'
24494 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24495 `simula-substatement-offset'
24496 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24497 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24498 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24499 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24500 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24501 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24502 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24503 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24504 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24505 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24506 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24507 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24508 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24509 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24510 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24511 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24512 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24513 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24514 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24515 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24516 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24517 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24518 or nil if they should not be changed.
24519 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24520 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24521 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24522 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24524 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24525 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24527 \(fn)" t nil)
24529 ;;;***
24531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21420 38312 308000
24532 ;;;;;; 0))
24533 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24535 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24536 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24538 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24539 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24540 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24541 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24543 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24545 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24547 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24548 Insert SKELETON.
24549 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24550 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24551 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24552 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24553 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24555 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24556 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24558 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24560 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24561 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24563 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24564 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24565 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24566 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24568 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24569 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24570 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24571 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24573 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24574 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24575 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24577 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24578 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24580 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24581 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24583 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24584 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24585 is at bol/eol
24586 _ interesting point, interregion here
24587 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24588 interesting point set by _
24589 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24590 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24591 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24592 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24593 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24594 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24595 nil skipped
24597 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24598 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24600 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24601 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24602 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24603 as the first element when at bol.
24605 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24606 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24607 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24608 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24609 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24610 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24611 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24612 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24614 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24615 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24616 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24617 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24618 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24619 available:
24621 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24622 then: insert previously read string once more
24623 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24624 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24625 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24627 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24628 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24630 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24632 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24633 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24635 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24636 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24637 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24638 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24639 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24640 such as backslash.
24642 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24643 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24644 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24646 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24648 ;;;***
24650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21409 26408
24651 ;;;;;; 607647 0))
24652 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24654 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24655 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24656 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24657 buffer names.
24659 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24661 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24662 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24664 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24665 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24666 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24670 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24671 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24672 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24674 \(fn)" t nil)
24676 ;;;***
24678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24679 ;;;;;; 0))
24680 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24682 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24683 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24684 A list of images is returned.
24686 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24688 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24689 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24690 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24692 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24694 ;;;***
24696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21322 25639
24697 ;;;;;; 363230 0))
24698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24700 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24703 \(fn)" nil nil)
24705 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24706 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24708 \(fn)" t nil)
24710 ;;;***
24712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24713 ;;;;;; 0))
24714 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24716 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24717 Play the Snake game.
24718 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24720 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24722 Snake mode keybindings:
24723 \\<snake-mode-map>
24724 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24725 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24726 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24727 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24728 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24729 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24730 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24732 \(fn)" t nil)
24734 ;;;***
24736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24737 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24740 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24741 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24742 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24743 Tab indents for C code.
24744 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24745 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24746 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24747 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24748 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24750 \(fn)" t nil)
24752 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24753 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24754 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24755 Tab indents for C code.
24756 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24757 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24758 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24759 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24760 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24762 \(fn)" t nil)
24764 ;;;***
24766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24767 ;;;;;; 0))
24768 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24770 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24771 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24772 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24773 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24774 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24776 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24780 ;;;***
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24783 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24786 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24787 Play Solitaire.
24789 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24790 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24791 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24792 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24793 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24794 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24795 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24796 check after each move or undo.)
24798 What is Solitaire?
24800 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24801 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24802 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24804 Le Solitaire
24805 ============
24807 o o o
24809 o o o
24811 o o o o o o o
24813 o o o . o o o
24815 o o o o o o o
24817 o o o
24819 o o o
24821 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24822 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24823 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24824 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24826 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24827 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24828 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24829 this: o o .
24831 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24832 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24834 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24836 o o o
24838 . o o
24840 o o . o o o o
24842 o . o o o o o
24844 o o o o o o o
24846 o o o
24848 o o o
24850 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24852 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24854 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24856 ;;;***
24858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24859 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24860 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24862 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24863 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24865 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24866 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24867 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24868 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24869 contiguous.
24871 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24872 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24873 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24874 the sort order.
24876 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24877 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24879 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24880 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24881 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24882 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24883 is called.
24885 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24886 It should move point to the end of the record.
24888 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24889 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24890 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24891 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24892 starts at the beginning of the record.
24894 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24895 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24896 same as ENDRECFUN.
24898 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
24899 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
24900 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
24901 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
24902 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
24903 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
24904 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
24906 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24908 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
24909 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24910 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24911 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24912 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24913 the sort order.
24915 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24917 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
24918 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24919 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24920 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24921 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24922 the sort order.
24924 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24926 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
24927 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24928 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24929 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24930 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24931 the sort order.
24933 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24934 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24936 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
24937 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24938 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24939 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24940 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24941 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24942 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24943 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24944 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24946 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24948 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
24949 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24950 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24951 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24952 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24953 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24954 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24955 the sort order.
24957 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24959 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
24960 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
24961 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
24962 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
24964 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
24965 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
24967 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
24968 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
24969 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
24970 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
24971 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
24972 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
24973 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
24974 found within a record, that record is ignored.
24976 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
24978 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24979 the sort order.
24981 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24982 starting with the letter \"f\",
24983 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24985 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24987 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
24988 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24989 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24990 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24991 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24992 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24993 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24994 the sort order.
24996 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24997 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24998 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24999 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25000 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25002 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25004 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25005 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25006 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25008 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25010 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25011 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25012 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25013 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25014 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25015 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25016 each repeated line.
25018 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25019 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25020 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25021 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25023 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25024 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25026 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25027 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25029 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25031 ;;;***
25033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
25034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25036 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25037 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25038 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25039 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25040 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25041 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25043 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25045 ;;;***
25047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25048 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
25049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25051 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25052 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25054 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25055 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25056 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25058 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25060 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25061 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25062 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25063 server.
25065 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25067 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25068 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25069 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25071 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25073 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25074 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25075 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25076 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25077 Agent is plugged.
25079 \(fn)" t nil)
25081 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25082 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25083 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25084 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25086 \(fn)" t nil)
25088 ;;;***
25090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21485 56871 932720
25091 ;;;;;; 0))
25092 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25094 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25096 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25097 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25098 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25099 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25100 supported at a time.
25101 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25102 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25104 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25106 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25107 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25108 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25109 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25111 \(fn)" t nil)
25113 ;;;***
25115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25116 ;;;;;; 0))
25117 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25119 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25120 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25122 \(fn)" t nil)
25124 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25125 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25127 \(fn)" nil nil)
25129 ;;;***
25131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21546 33576 601815
25132 ;;;;;; 0))
25133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25134 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25136 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25137 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25139 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25140 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25141 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25142 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25143 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25144 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25145 of the current highlighting list.
25147 For example:
25149 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25150 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25152 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25153 `_t' as data types.
25155 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25157 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25158 Major mode to edit SQL.
25160 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25161 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25162 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25164 \\{sql-mode-map}
25165 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25167 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25168 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25169 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25170 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25171 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25172 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25174 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25175 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25177 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25178 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25179 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25181 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25182 (lambda ()
25183 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25187 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25188 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25190 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25191 their settings.
25193 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25194 is specified in the connection settings.
25196 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25198 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25199 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25201 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25202 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25204 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25205 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25206 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25207 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25209 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25211 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25213 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25214 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25216 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25217 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25218 `*SQL*'.
25220 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25221 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25222 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25223 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25225 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25226 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25228 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25229 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25230 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25231 buffer.
25233 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25234 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25235 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25236 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25237 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25238 `default-process-coding-system'.
25240 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25242 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25244 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25245 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25247 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25248 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25249 `*SQL*'.
25251 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25252 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25253 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25254 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25256 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25257 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25259 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25260 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25261 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25262 buffer.
25264 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25265 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25266 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25267 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25268 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25269 `default-process-coding-system'.
25271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25273 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25275 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25276 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25278 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25279 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25280 `*SQL*'.
25282 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25283 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25285 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25286 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25288 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25289 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25290 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25291 buffer.
25293 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25294 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25295 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25296 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25297 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25298 `default-process-coding-system'.
25300 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25302 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25304 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25305 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25307 SQLite is free software.
25309 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25310 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25311 `*SQL*'.
25313 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25314 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25315 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25316 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25318 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25319 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25321 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25322 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25323 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25324 buffer.
25326 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25327 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25328 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25329 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25330 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25331 `default-process-coding-system'.
25333 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25335 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25337 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25338 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25340 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25342 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25343 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25344 `*SQL*'.
25346 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25347 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25348 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25349 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25351 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25352 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25354 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25355 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25356 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25357 buffer.
25359 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25360 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25361 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25362 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25363 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25364 `default-process-coding-system'.
25366 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25368 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25370 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25371 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25373 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25374 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25375 `*SQL*'.
25377 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25378 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25379 defaults, if set.
25381 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25382 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25384 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25385 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25386 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25387 buffer.
25389 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25390 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25391 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25392 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25393 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25394 `default-process-coding-system'.
25396 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25398 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25400 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25401 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25403 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25404 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25405 `*SQL*'.
25407 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25408 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25410 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25411 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25413 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25414 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25415 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25416 buffer.
25418 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25419 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25420 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25421 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25422 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25423 `default-process-coding-system'.
25425 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25427 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25429 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25430 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25432 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25433 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25434 `*SQL*'.
25436 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25437 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25438 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25439 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25441 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25442 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25444 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25445 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25446 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25447 buffer.
25449 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25450 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25451 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25452 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25453 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25454 `default-process-coding-system'.
25456 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25458 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25460 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25461 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25463 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25464 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25465 `*SQL*'.
25467 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25468 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25469 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25470 `sql-postgres-options'.
25472 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25473 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25475 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25476 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25477 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25478 buffer.
25480 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25481 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25482 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25483 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25484 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25485 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25486 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25487 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25489 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25490 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25492 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25494 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25496 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25497 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25499 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25500 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25501 `*SQL*'.
25503 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25504 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25505 defaults, if set.
25507 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25508 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25510 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25511 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25512 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25513 buffer.
25515 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25516 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25518 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25519 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25520 `default-process-coding-system'.
25522 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25524 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25526 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25527 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25529 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25530 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25531 `*SQL*'.
25533 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25534 automatic login.
25536 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25537 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25539 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25540 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25541 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25542 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25544 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25545 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25546 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25547 buffer.
25549 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25550 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25551 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25552 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25553 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25554 `default-process-coding-system'.
25556 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25560 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25561 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25563 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25564 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25565 `*SQL*'.
25567 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25568 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25569 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25570 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25571 parameters.
25573 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25574 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25575 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25576 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25577 an empty password.
25579 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25580 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25582 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25583 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25584 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25585 buffer.
25587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25591 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25592 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25594 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25596 ;;;***
25598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25599 ;;;;;; 0))
25600 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25601 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25603 ;;;***
25605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25606 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25607 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25609 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25610 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25612 \(fn)" t nil)
25614 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25616 ;;;***
25618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25619 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25622 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25623 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25624 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25625 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25626 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25627 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25628 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25629 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25630 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25631 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25632 with any buffer
25633 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25634 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25635 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25636 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25638 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25640 ;;;***
25642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
25643 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25645 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25646 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25647 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25648 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25649 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25650 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25652 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25654 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25656 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25657 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25658 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25659 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25660 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25661 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25662 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25664 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25666 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25667 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25668 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25669 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25670 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25671 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25672 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25674 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25676 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25677 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25678 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25680 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25682 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25683 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25684 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25686 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25688 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25689 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25691 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25693 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25694 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25696 \(fn)" t nil)
25698 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25699 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25701 \(fn)" t nil)
25703 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25704 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25705 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25706 by command name.
25707 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25709 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25711 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25712 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25713 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25716 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25718 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25720 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25721 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25723 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25724 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25726 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25727 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25728 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25729 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25730 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25732 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25733 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25734 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25735 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25737 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25741 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25742 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25743 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25744 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25746 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25748 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25749 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25751 \(fn)" t nil)
25753 ;;;***
25755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25756 ;;;;;; 0))
25757 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25759 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25760 Studlify-case the region.
25762 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25764 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25765 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25767 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25769 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25770 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25772 \(fn)" t nil)
25774 ;;;***
25776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21546 33576
25777 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
25778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25780 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25782 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25783 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25784 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25785 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25786 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25788 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25789 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25790 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25791 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25793 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25794 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25795 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25797 Nomenclature Subwords
25798 ===========================================================
25799 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25800 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25801 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25803 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25804 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25806 \\{subword-mode-map}
25808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25810 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25811 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25812 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25815 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25817 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25819 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25820 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25821 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25822 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25823 ARG is omitted or nil.
25825 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25826 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25827 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25831 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25832 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25835 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25837 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25838 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25839 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25840 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25842 \\{superword-mode-map}
25844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25846 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25847 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25848 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25850 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25851 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25853 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25855 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25856 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25857 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25858 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25859 ARG is omitted or nil.
25861 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25862 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25863 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25867 ;;;***
25869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
25870 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
25871 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25873 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25874 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25875 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25876 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25877 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25878 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25879 original message but it does require a few things:
25881 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25883 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25884 reply buffer.
25886 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25887 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25888 original message.
25890 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25892 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25894 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25895 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25896 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25898 \(fn)" nil nil)
25900 ;;;***
25902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
25903 ;;;;;; 0))
25904 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25906 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
25908 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
25909 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25910 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25911 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25912 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25913 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
25915 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
25917 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
25918 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
25919 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
25920 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25921 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25923 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
25924 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25925 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
25927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25929 ;;;***
25931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
25932 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25934 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
25935 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25936 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25937 buffer.
25939 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25940 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25941 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25943 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25945 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
25946 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25947 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25948 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25949 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
25950 buffer.
25952 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25953 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25954 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25956 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25958 ;;;***
25960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
25961 ;;;;;; 0))
25962 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25964 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25965 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25966 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25968 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
25970 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25971 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25973 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
25975 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25976 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25978 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
25980 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25981 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25983 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
25985 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
25986 Insert an editable text table.
25987 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25988 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25989 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25990 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25991 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25992 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25993 delimiting them.
25995 Examples:
25997 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25999 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26000 location of point.
26004 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26005 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26006 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26007 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26008 first cell.
26010 +-----+-----+-----+
26011 |-!- | | |
26012 +-----+-----+-----+
26014 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26016 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26017 width, which results as
26019 +--------------+-----+-----+
26020 |-!- | | |
26021 +--------------+-----+-----+
26023 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26024 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26026 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26027 | | |-!- |
26028 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26030 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26031 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26032 width information to `table-insert'.
26034 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26036 instead of
26038 Cell width(s): 5
26040 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26041 work all together.
26043 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26044 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26046 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26047 |-!- | | |
26048 | | | |
26049 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26051 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26053 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26054 |-!- | | |
26055 | | | |
26056 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26057 | | | |
26058 | | | |
26059 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26061 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26063 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26064 | | | |
26065 | | | |
26066 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26067 | | | |
26068 | | | |
26069 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26072 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26073 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26074 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26076 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26077 | | | |
26078 | | | |
26079 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26080 | | | |
26081 | | | |
26082 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26083 |-!- | | |
26084 | | | |
26085 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26087 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26088 results.
26090 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26091 | | | |
26092 | | | |
26093 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26094 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26095 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26096 | | |expected results.-!- |
26097 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26098 | | | |
26099 | | | |
26100 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26102 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26104 \\{table-cell-map}
26106 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26108 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26109 Insert N table row(s).
26110 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26111 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26112 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26113 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26115 \(fn N)" t nil)
26117 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26118 Insert N table column(s).
26119 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26120 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26121 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26122 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26124 \(fn N)" t nil)
26126 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26127 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26128 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26130 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26132 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26133 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26134 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26135 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26136 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26137 all the table specific features.
26139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26141 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26144 \(fn)" t nil)
26146 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26147 Recognize all tables within region.
26148 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26149 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26150 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26151 specific features.
26153 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26155 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26158 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26160 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26161 Recognize a table at point.
26162 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26163 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26164 the table specific features.
26166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26168 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26171 \(fn)" t nil)
26173 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26174 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26175 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26176 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26177 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26178 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26179 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26181 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26183 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26186 \(fn)" t nil)
26188 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26189 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26190 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26191 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26192 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26193 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26194 specified.
26196 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26198 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26199 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26200 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26201 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26202 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26203 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26204 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26205 table structure.
26207 \(fn N)" t nil)
26209 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26210 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26211 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26212 table's rectangle structure.
26214 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26216 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26217 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26218 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26219 table's rectangle structure.
26221 \(fn N)" t nil)
26223 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26224 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26225 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26226 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26227 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26229 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26231 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26232 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26233 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26235 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26236 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26237 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26238 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26239 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26240 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26241 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26243 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26244 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26245 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26246 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26247 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26248 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26249 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26251 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26252 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26253 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26254 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26255 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26256 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26257 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26258 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26260 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26262 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26263 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26264 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26265 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26269 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26270 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26271 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26273 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26275 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26276 Split current cell vertically.
26277 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26279 \(fn)" t nil)
26281 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26282 Split current cell horizontally.
26283 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26285 \(fn)" t nil)
26287 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26288 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26289 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26291 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26293 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26294 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26295 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26296 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26298 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26300 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26301 Justify cell contents.
26302 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26303 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26304 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26305 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26307 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26309 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26310 Justify cells of a row.
26311 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26312 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26314 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26316 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26317 Justify cells of a column.
26318 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26319 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26321 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26323 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26324 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26325 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26326 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26327 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26328 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26329 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26330 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26331 run-time.
26333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26335 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26336 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26337 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26338 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26339 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26340 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26341 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26342 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26343 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26344 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26345 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26347 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26349 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26350 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26351 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26352 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26353 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26354 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26355 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26356 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26357 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26358 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26359 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26360 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26361 untouched.
26363 References used for this implementation:
26365 HTML:
26366 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26368 LaTeX:
26369 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26371 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26372 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26373 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26375 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26377 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26378 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26379 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26380 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26381 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26382 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26383 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26384 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26385 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26386 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26387 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26388 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26389 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26390 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26391 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26392 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26393 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26395 Example:
26397 (progn
26398 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26399 (table-forward-cell 15)
26400 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26401 (table-forward-cell 16)
26402 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26403 (table-forward-cell 1)
26404 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26406 (progn
26407 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26408 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26409 (table-forward-cell 1)
26410 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26412 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26414 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26415 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26416 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26417 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26418 consists from cells of same height.
26420 \(fn N)" t nil)
26422 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26423 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26424 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26425 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26426 column must consists from cells of same width.
26428 \(fn N)" t nil)
26430 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26431 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26432 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26433 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26434 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26435 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26436 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26437 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26438 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26439 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26440 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26441 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26442 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26443 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26444 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26447 Example 1:
26449 1, 2, 3, 4
26450 5, 6, 7, 8
26451 , 9, 10
26453 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26454 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26455 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26456 specified as 5.
26458 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26459 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26460 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26461 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26462 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26463 | | 9 | 10 | |
26464 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26466 Note:
26468 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26469 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26470 of each row is optional.
26473 Example 2:
26475 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26476 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26477 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26478 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26479 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26481 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26482 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26484 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26485 expression and raw delimiter regular
26486 expression, it parses the specified text
26487 area and extracts cell items from
26488 non-table text and then forms a table out
26489 of them.
26491 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26492 creates a single cell table. The text in
26493 the specified region is placed in that
26494 cell.-*-
26496 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26497 like this.
26499 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26500 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26501 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26503 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26504 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26505 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26506 | area and extracts cell items from |
26507 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26508 | of them. |
26510 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26511 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26512 | the specified region is placed in that |
26513 | cell. |
26514 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26516 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26517 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26518 independently.
26520 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26521 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26522 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26523 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26524 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26525 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26526 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26527 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26528 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26529 | |of them. |
26530 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26531 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26532 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26533 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26534 | |cell. |
26535 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26537 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26538 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26539 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26541 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26543 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26544 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26545 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26546 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26547 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26549 \(fn)" t nil)
26551 ;;;***
26553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26554 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26556 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26557 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26559 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26561 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26562 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26564 \(fn)" t nil)
26566 ;;;***
26568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21510 60072 112989
26569 ;;;;;; 0))
26570 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26572 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26573 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26574 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26575 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26576 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26577 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26578 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26580 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26581 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26582 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26583 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26585 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26586 \\{tar-mode-map}
26588 \(fn)" t nil)
26590 ;;;***
26592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26593 ;;;;;; 0))
26594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26596 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26597 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26598 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26599 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26600 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26601 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26603 Variables controlling indentation style:
26604 `tcl-indent-level'
26605 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26606 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26607 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26609 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26610 documentation for details):
26611 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26612 Controls action of TAB key.
26613 `tcl-auto-newline'
26614 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26615 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26616 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26617 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26618 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26620 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26621 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26622 already exist.
26624 \(fn)" t nil)
26626 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26627 Run inferior Tcl process.
26628 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26629 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26631 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26633 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26634 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26635 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26637 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26639 ;;;***
26641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26642 ;;;;;; 0))
26643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26645 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26646 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26647 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26648 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26650 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26651 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26652 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26653 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26654 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26656 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26658 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26659 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26660 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26661 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26663 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26665 ;;;***
26667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21558 24747 65197 0))
26668 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26670 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26671 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26672 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26673 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26674 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26675 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26677 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26679 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26680 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26681 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26682 commands to use in that buffer.
26684 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26686 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26688 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26689 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26691 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26693 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26694 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26695 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26696 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26697 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26698 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26699 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26700 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26701 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26702 use in that buffer.
26703 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26705 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26707 ;;;***
26709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26710 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26713 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26714 Start coverage on function under point.
26716 \(fn)" t nil)
26718 ;;;***
26720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26721 ;;;;;; 0))
26722 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26723 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26725 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26726 Play the Tetris game.
26727 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26728 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26729 as to form complete rows.
26731 tetris-mode keybindings:
26732 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26733 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26734 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26735 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26736 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26737 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26738 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26739 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26740 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26742 \(fn)" t nil)
26744 ;;;***
26746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21546 33576
26747 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
26748 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26750 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26751 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26753 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26755 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26756 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26757 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26758 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26759 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26761 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26763 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26764 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26765 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26766 if it matches the first line of the file,
26767 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26769 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26771 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26772 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26773 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26774 if the variable is non-nil.")
26776 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26778 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26779 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26781 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26783 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26784 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26785 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26786 See the documentation of that variable.")
26788 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26790 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26791 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26792 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26793 See the documentation of that variable.")
26795 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26797 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26798 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26799 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26800 See the documentation of that variable.")
26802 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26804 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26805 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26806 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26807 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26808 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26810 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26812 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26813 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26814 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26815 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26817 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26819 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26820 User defined LaTeX block names.
26821 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26823 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26825 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26826 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26827 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26828 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26830 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26832 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26833 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26834 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26835 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26837 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26839 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26840 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26841 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26842 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26844 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26845 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26846 for example,
26848 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26849 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26851 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26852 use.")
26854 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26856 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26857 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26858 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26859 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26860 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26862 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26864 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26866 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26867 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26868 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26870 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26872 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26873 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26874 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26875 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26876 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26878 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26880 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26881 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26883 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26885 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26886 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26888 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26890 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26891 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26892 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26893 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26894 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26895 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26896 says which mode to use.
26898 \(fn)" t nil)
26900 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
26902 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
26904 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
26906 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26907 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26908 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26909 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26910 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26912 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26913 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26914 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26915 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26916 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26917 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26918 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26920 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26921 mismatched $'s or braces.
26923 Special commands:
26924 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26926 Mode variables:
26927 tex-run-command
26928 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26929 tex-directory
26930 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26931 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26932 tex-dvi-print-command
26933 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26934 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26935 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26936 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26937 tex-dvi-view-command
26938 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26939 tex-show-queue-command
26940 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26941 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26943 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26944 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26945 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26947 \(fn)" t nil)
26949 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26950 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26951 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26952 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26953 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26955 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26956 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26957 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26958 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26959 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26960 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26961 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26963 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26964 mismatched $'s or braces.
26966 Special commands:
26967 \\{latex-mode-map}
26969 Mode variables:
26970 latex-run-command
26971 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26972 tex-directory
26973 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26974 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26975 tex-dvi-print-command
26976 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26977 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26978 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26979 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26980 tex-dvi-view-command
26981 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26982 tex-show-queue-command
26983 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26984 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26986 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26987 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26988 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26990 \(fn)" t nil)
26992 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26993 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26994 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26995 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26996 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26998 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26999 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27000 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27001 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27002 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27003 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27004 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27006 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27007 mismatched $'s or braces.
27009 Special commands:
27010 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27012 Mode variables:
27013 slitex-run-command
27014 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27015 tex-directory
27016 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27017 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27018 tex-dvi-print-command
27019 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27020 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27021 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27022 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27023 tex-dvi-view-command
27024 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27025 tex-show-queue-command
27026 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27027 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27029 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27030 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27031 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27032 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27034 \(fn)" t nil)
27036 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27039 \(fn)" nil nil)
27041 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27042 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27044 \(fn)" t nil)
27046 ;;;***
27048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27049 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27052 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27053 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27054 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27055 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27057 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27058 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27059 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27061 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27063 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27064 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27065 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27066 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27067 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27069 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27071 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27072 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27073 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27074 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27076 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27077 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27078 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27079 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27081 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27082 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27084 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27086 ;;;***
27088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21414 44327
27089 ;;;;;; 790846 0))
27090 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27092 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27093 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27095 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27097 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27098 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27100 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27102 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27103 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27105 It has these extra commands:
27106 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27108 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27109 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27110 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27111 modified version of TeX input format.
27113 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27114 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27115 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27116 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27118 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27119 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27120 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27121 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27122 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27123 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27124 in the Texinfo file.
27126 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27127 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27128 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27129 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27130 move forward past the closing brace.
27132 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27133 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27135 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27136 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27137 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27139 Here are the functions:
27141 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27142 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27143 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27145 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27146 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27147 texinfo-master-menu
27149 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27151 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27152 which menu descriptions are indented.
27154 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27155 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27156 in the region.
27158 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27159 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27160 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27161 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27163 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27164 be the first node in the file.
27166 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27167 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27169 \(fn)" t nil)
27171 ;;;***
27173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27174 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27177 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27178 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27179 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27180 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27182 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27184 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27185 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27187 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27189 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27190 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27192 \(fn)" t nil)
27194 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27197 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27199 ;;;***
27201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27202 ;;;;;; 0))
27203 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27205 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27206 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27207 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27208 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27209 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27210 `line', and `page'.
27212 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27214 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27215 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27216 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27217 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27218 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27219 `line', and `page'.
27221 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27222 valid THING.
27224 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27225 positions of the thing found.
27227 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27229 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27230 Return the THING at point.
27231 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27232 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27233 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27234 `line', `number', and `page'.
27236 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27237 strip text properties from the return value.
27239 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27240 a symbol as a valid THING.
27242 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27244 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27245 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27247 \(fn)" nil nil)
27249 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27250 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27252 \(fn)" nil nil)
27254 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27255 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27257 \(fn)" nil nil)
27259 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27260 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27262 \(fn)" nil nil)
27264 ;;;***
27266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27267 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27269 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27270 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27272 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27274 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27275 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27276 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27277 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27279 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27281 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27282 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27284 \(fn)" t nil)
27286 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27287 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27289 \(fn)" t nil)
27291 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27293 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27294 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27296 \(fn)" t nil)
27298 ;;;***
27300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27301 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27304 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27305 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27306 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27308 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27310 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27311 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27313 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27315 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27316 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27317 The returned string has no composition information.
27319 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27321 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27322 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27324 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27326 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27327 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27329 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27331 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27332 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27333 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27334 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27336 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27338 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27339 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27340 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27341 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27343 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27345 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27346 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27347 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27349 \(fn)" t nil)
27351 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27352 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27353 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27355 \(fn)" t nil)
27357 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27360 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27362 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27365 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27367 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27370 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27372 ;;;***
27374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21568 60581
27375 ;;;;;; 999550 0))
27376 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27377 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5 4)) package--builtin-versions)
27379 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27380 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27381 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27382 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27383 parameters.
27384 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27385 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27386 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27388 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27390 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27391 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27392 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27393 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27394 parameters.
27395 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27396 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27397 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27399 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27401 ;;;***
27403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27406 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27407 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27409 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27410 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27412 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27413 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27414 This display updates automatically every minute.
27415 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27416 are displayed as well.
27417 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27419 \(fn)" t nil)
27421 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27422 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27423 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27424 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27425 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27426 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27428 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27430 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27431 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27433 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27434 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27436 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27437 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27438 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27439 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27440 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27444 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27445 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27446 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27447 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27449 \(fn)" t nil)
27451 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27452 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27453 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27454 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27456 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27458 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27459 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27461 \(fn)" t nil)
27463 ;;;***
27465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21584
27466 ;;;;;; 48809 507899 0))
27467 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27469 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27470 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27471 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27473 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27474 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27475 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27476 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27477 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27478 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27480 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27481 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27483 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27485 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27486 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27488 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27490 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27491 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27492 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27494 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27496 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27497 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27498 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27499 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27501 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27502 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27503 DATE should be a date-time string.
27505 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27507 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27508 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27509 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27511 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27513 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27514 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27516 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27518 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27519 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27521 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27523 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27524 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27525 TIME should be a time value.
27526 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27528 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27530 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27531 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27532 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27534 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27536 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27537 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27538 The valid format specifiers are:
27539 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27540 %d is the number of days.
27541 %h is the number of hours.
27542 %m is the number of minutes.
27543 %s is the number of seconds.
27544 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27545 %% is a literal \"%\".
27547 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27548 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27550 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27551 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27552 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27554 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27555 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27556 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27558 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27560 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27562 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27563 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27565 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27567 ;;;***
27569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27570 ;;;;;; 0))
27571 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27572 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27573 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27574 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27575 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27576 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27577 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27578 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27579 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27581 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27582 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27583 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27584 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27585 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27586 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27587 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27588 look like one of the following:
27589 Time-stamp: <>
27590 Time-stamp: \" \"
27591 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27592 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27593 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27594 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27595 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27596 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27597 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27598 the template.
27600 \(fn)" t nil)
27602 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27603 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27604 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27608 ;;;***
27610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21584
27611 ;;;;;; 48809 507899 0))
27612 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27613 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27615 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27616 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27617 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27619 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27620 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27622 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27624 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27625 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27626 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27627 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27628 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27629 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27630 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27631 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27632 display (non-nil means on).
27634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27636 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27637 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27638 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27639 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27640 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27641 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27642 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27643 this function is called within a day.
27645 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27646 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27647 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27648 discover the name of the project.
27650 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27652 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27653 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27654 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27655 begun during the last time segment.
27657 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27658 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27659 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27660 discover the reason.
27662 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27664 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27665 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27666 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27667 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27668 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27670 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27672 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27673 Change to working on a different project.
27674 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27675 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27676 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27677 working on.
27679 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27681 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27682 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27683 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27685 \(fn)" nil nil)
27687 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27688 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27689 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27691 \(fn)" t nil)
27693 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27694 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27695 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27696 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27697 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27698 \"relative to today\".
27700 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27702 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27703 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27704 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27705 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27707 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27709 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27710 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27711 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27712 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27713 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27714 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27716 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27718 ;;;***
27720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27721 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27722 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27724 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27725 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27726 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27727 the generated Quail package is saved.
27729 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27731 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27732 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27733 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27734 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27735 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27736 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27737 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27739 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27741 ;;;***
27743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27744 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27745 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27746 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27748 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27749 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27750 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27751 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27752 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27754 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27755 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27756 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27758 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27760 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27761 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27762 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27763 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27764 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27766 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27768 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27769 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27770 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27771 in the menu in two ways:
27772 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27773 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27774 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27776 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27777 keymap or an alist of alists.
27778 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27779 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27781 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27783 ;;;***
27785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21471
27786 ;;;;;; 23976 844614 0))
27787 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27789 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27790 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27792 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27793 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27794 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27795 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27796 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27797 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27798 file was last visited.
27800 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27801 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27802 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27803 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27804 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27805 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27806 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27807 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27808 for the first item.
27810 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27811 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27812 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27813 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27814 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27815 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27816 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27817 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27819 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27820 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27821 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27822 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27823 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27825 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27826 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27828 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27830 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27831 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27833 \\{todo-mode-map}
27835 \(fn)" t nil)
27837 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27838 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27840 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27842 \(fn)" t nil)
27844 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27845 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27847 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27849 \(fn)" t nil)
27851 ;;;***
27853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
27854 ;;;;;; 0))
27855 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27857 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27858 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27859 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27863 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27864 Add an item to the tool bar.
27865 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27866 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27867 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27868 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27870 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27871 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27872 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27873 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27875 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27876 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27878 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27880 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27881 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27882 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27883 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27884 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27885 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27887 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27888 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27889 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27890 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27892 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27894 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27895 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27896 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27897 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27898 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27899 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27900 properties to add to the binding.
27902 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27904 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27905 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27907 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27909 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
27910 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27911 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27912 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27913 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27914 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27915 properties to add to the binding.
27917 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27918 holds a keymap.
27920 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27922 ;;;***
27924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
27925 ;;;;;; 0))
27926 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27928 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
27929 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27930 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27931 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27932 to a tcp server on another machine.
27934 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27936 ;;;***
27938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
27939 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
27940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27942 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27943 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27945 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
27947 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
27948 Helper function to get internal values.
27949 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
27951 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
27953 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
27954 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
27955 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
27956 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
27958 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
27959 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
27960 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
27961 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
27962 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
27964 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
27965 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
27966 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
27967 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
27969 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
27971 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
27973 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
27974 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
27975 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
27976 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
27978 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
27980 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
27982 ;;;***
27984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21525 27433 340807
27985 ;;;;;; 0))
27986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27988 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
27989 Whether Tramp is enabled.
27990 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
27992 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
27994 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
27995 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
27997 It can have the following values:
27999 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28000 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28002 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28004 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28005 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28006 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28007 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28009 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28011 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28012 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28013 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28014 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28016 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28017 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28018 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28019 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28020 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28021 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28022 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28023 files which are not really Tramp files.
28025 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28026 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28027 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28028 updated after changing this variable.
28030 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28032 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28033 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28034 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28035 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28037 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28039 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28040 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28041 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28042 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28044 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28045 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28046 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28048 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28049 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28050 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28051 updated after changing this variable.
28053 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28055 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28056 Alist of completion handler functions.
28057 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28058 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28059 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28061 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28062 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28063 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28064 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28066 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28067 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28068 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28070 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28071 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28073 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28074 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28076 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28078 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28081 \(fn)" nil nil)
28083 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28084 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28086 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28088 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28089 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28091 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28093 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28094 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28096 \(fn)" t nil)
28098 ;;;***
28100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21476 41895
28101 ;;;;;; 55661 0))
28102 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28104 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28107 \(fn)" nil nil)
28109 ;;;***
28111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21510 60072 112989
28112 ;;;;;; 0))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28115 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28116 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28117 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28118 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28119 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28120 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28121 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28122 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28124 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28125 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28126 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28128 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28129 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28130 resumed later.
28132 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28134 ;;;***
28136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28137 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28138 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28140 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28143 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28145 ;;;***
28147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28148 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28149 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28150 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28151 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28152 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28154 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28155 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28156 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28157 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28158 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28159 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28160 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28162 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28164 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28165 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28166 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28167 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28169 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28171 \(fn)" t nil)
28173 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28174 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28175 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28176 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28177 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28178 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28179 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28181 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28182 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28184 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28185 \\___/\\
28186 / \\
28187 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28189 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28191 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28193 ;;;***
28195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28196 ;;;;;; 0))
28197 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28199 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28200 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28201 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28203 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28204 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28206 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28208 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28209 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28210 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28212 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28213 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28214 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28215 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28216 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28217 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28218 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28220 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28221 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28223 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28224 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28225 reset the keystroke counter.
28227 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28228 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28229 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28230 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28232 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28233 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28234 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28235 `type-break-schedule' command.
28237 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28238 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28239 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28240 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28241 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28242 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28243 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28244 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28245 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28247 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28248 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28249 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28250 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28251 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28253 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28254 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28255 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28256 approximate good values for this.
28258 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28259 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28261 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28262 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28263 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28264 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28265 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28266 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28268 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28269 a typing break occur. They include:
28271 `type-break-query-mode'
28272 `type-break-query-function'
28273 `type-break-query-interval'
28275 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28277 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28278 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28279 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28280 problems.
28282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28284 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28285 Take a typing break.
28287 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28288 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28290 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28291 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28293 \(fn)" t nil)
28295 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28296 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28297 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28298 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28300 \(fn)" t nil)
28302 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28303 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28305 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28306 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28307 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28308 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28309 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28310 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28311 average typing speed.)
28313 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28314 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28315 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28316 the computed maximum threshold.
28318 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28319 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28320 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28321 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28322 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28324 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28326 ;;;***
28328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28329 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28331 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28332 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28333 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28334 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28335 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28337 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28339 ;;;***
28341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28342 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28343 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28345 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28346 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28348 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28350 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28351 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28353 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28355 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28356 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28358 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28360 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28361 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28363 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28365 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28366 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28368 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28370 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28371 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28373 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28375 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28376 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28378 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28380 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28381 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28383 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28385 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28386 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28388 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28390 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28391 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28393 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28395 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28396 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28398 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28400 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28401 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28403 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28405 ;;;***
28407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28408 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
28409 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28411 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28412 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28413 Works by overstriking underscores.
28414 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28415 which specify the range to operate on.
28417 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28419 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28420 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28421 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28422 which specify the range to operate on.
28424 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28426 ;;;***
28428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28429 ;;;;;; 0))
28430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28432 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28433 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28434 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28435 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28436 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28437 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28439 \(fn)" nil nil)
28441 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28442 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28443 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28445 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28447 ;;;***
28449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28450 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28453 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28454 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28455 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28456 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28458 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28460 ;;;***
28462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21537 18599 384335 0))
28463 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28465 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28466 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28467 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28468 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28469 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28471 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28472 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28473 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28474 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28475 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28476 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28478 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28479 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28480 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28482 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28483 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28484 the callback is not called).
28486 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28487 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28488 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28489 take effect.
28491 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28492 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28493 the server.
28494 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28495 URL-encoded before it's used.
28497 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28499 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28500 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28501 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28502 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28503 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28505 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28507 ;;;***
28509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28510 ;;;;;; 0))
28511 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28513 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28514 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28515 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28517 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28518 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28519 `url-generic-parse-url'
28520 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28521 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28522 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28523 realm
28524 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28525 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28526 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28527 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28528 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28529 what type of auth to use
28530 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28531 if one cannot be found in the cache
28533 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28535 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28536 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28538 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28539 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28540 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28541 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28542 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28543 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28544 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28545 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28547 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28549 ;;;***
28551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21584 48809
28552 ;;;;;; 507899 0))
28553 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28555 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28556 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28558 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28560 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28561 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28562 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28564 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28566 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28567 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28569 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28571 ;;;***
28573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28574 ;;;;;; 0))
28575 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28577 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28580 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28582 ;;;***
28584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21302 6606 390237
28585 ;;;;;; 377000))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28588 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28589 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28590 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28592 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28594 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28595 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28596 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28597 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28599 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28600 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28601 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28602 though.
28604 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28606 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28607 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28608 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28610 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28612 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28615 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28617 ;;;***
28619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28620 ;;;;;; 0))
28621 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28623 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28624 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28626 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28628 ;;;***
28630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21545 12711 344259
28631 ;;;;;; 0))
28632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28634 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28635 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28637 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28639 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28640 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28641 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28642 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28643 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28645 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28646 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28648 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28650 ;;;***
28652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21546
28653 ;;;;;; 33576 601815 0))
28654 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28656 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28657 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28658 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28659 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28660 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28661 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28663 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28665 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28666 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28667 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28668 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28669 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28673 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28674 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28675 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28676 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28678 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28680 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28681 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28682 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28683 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28684 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28685 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28686 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28687 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28688 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28689 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28691 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28693 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28694 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28695 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28696 accessible.
28698 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28703 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28705 ;;;***
28707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21556 18779 796531
28708 ;;;;;; 0))
28709 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28710 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28712 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28713 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28714 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28715 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28716 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28718 ;;;***
28720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28721 ;;;;;; 0))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28724 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28729 ;;;***
28731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28732 ;;;;;; 0))
28733 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28735 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28736 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28737 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28738 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28739 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28741 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28743 ;;;***
28745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
28746 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28747 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28749 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28752 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28754 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28755 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28757 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28759 ;;;***
28761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28762 ;;;;;; 0))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28765 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28766 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28768 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28770 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28771 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28773 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28775 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28778 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28780 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28782 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28784 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28786 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28787 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28789 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28791 ;;;***
28793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21301 65237 320114
28794 ;;;;;; 350000))
28795 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28797 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28800 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28802 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28805 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28807 ;;;***
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
28810 ;;;;;; 0))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28813 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28816 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28818 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28821 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28823 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28826 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28828 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
28831 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28833 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
28836 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28838 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
28841 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28843 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
28846 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28848 ;;;***
28850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21350 58112
28851 ;;;;;; 380040 0))
28852 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28854 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
28855 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28857 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28859 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
28860 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
28861 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
28863 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
28864 USER is the user name (string or nil).
28865 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
28866 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
28867 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
28868 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
28869 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
28870 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
28871 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
28872 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
28873 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
28874 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
28875 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
28876 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
28878 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
28879 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
28880 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
28882 Here is an example. The URL
28884 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
28886 parses to
28888 TYPE = \"foo\"
28889 USER = \"bob\"
28890 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
28891 HOST = \"example.com\"
28892 PORTSPEC = 42
28893 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
28894 TARGET = \"nose\"
28895 ATTRIBUTES = nil
28896 FULLNESS = t
28898 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28900 ;;;***
28902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
28903 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28904 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28906 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
28907 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28909 \(fn)" t nil)
28911 ;;;***
28913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
28914 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
28915 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
28917 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
28918 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28919 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
28920 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
28921 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
28922 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
28924 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28926 ;;;***
28928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21546 33576
28929 ;;;;;; 601815 0))
28930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
28932 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
28933 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
28934 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
28936 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
28938 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
28939 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28940 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
28941 would have been passed to OPERATION.
28943 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28945 ;;;***
28947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21584 48809 507899
28948 ;;;;;; 0))
28949 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28951 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28952 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28953 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28955 If t, all messages will be logged.
28956 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28957 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28959 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
28961 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
28964 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28966 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
28969 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28971 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
28972 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28973 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28974 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28975 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28976 & ==> &amp;
28977 < ==> &lt;
28978 > ==> &gt;
28979 \" ==> &quot;
28981 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28983 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
28984 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28985 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28987 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28989 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
28990 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28991 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28993 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28995 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
28996 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28998 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29000 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29001 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29003 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29005 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29006 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29008 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29010 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29013 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29015 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29018 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29020 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29022 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29023 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29025 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29027 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29028 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29030 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29032 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29035 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29037 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29038 Build a query-string.
29040 Given a QUERY in the form:
29041 '((key1 val1)
29042 (key2 val2)
29043 (key3 val1 val2)
29044 (key4)
29045 (key5 \"\"))
29047 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29049 This will return a string
29050 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29051 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29052 be used.
29054 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29056 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29057 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29059 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29061 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29062 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29063 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29064 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29065 forbidden in URL encoding.
29067 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29069 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29070 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29071 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29072 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29073 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29074 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29076 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29077 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29078 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29079 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29081 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29083 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29084 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29085 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29086 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29087 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29088 should return it unchanged.
29090 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29092 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29093 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29094 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29095 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29097 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29100 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29101 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29103 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29105 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29106 View the current document's URL.
29107 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29108 the minibuffer.
29110 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29112 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29114 ;;;***
29116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29117 ;;;;;; 374000))
29118 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29120 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29121 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29122 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29123 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29124 to refrain from editing the file
29125 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29126 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29127 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29128 in any way you like.
29130 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29132 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29133 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29134 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29135 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29136 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29138 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29139 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29141 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29143 ;;;***
29145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29146 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29147 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29149 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29152 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29154 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29157 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29159 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29162 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29164 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29167 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29169 ;;;***
29171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29174 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29175 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29177 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29179 ;;;***
29181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29182 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29183 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29185 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29186 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29187 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29188 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29190 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29192 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29193 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29194 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29196 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29198 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29199 Uudecode region between START and END.
29200 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29202 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29204 ;;;***
29206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21332 61483 90708 0))
29207 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29209 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29210 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29211 See `run-hooks'.")
29213 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29215 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29216 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29217 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29219 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29221 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29222 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29223 See `run-hooks'.")
29225 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29227 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29228 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29229 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29230 same state. If not, signal an error.
29232 For merging-based version control systems:
29233 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29234 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29235 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29236 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29237 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29238 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29240 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29241 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29242 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29243 the file(s) for editing.
29244 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29245 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29246 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29247 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29248 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29249 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29251 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29253 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29254 Register into a version control system.
29255 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29256 Otherwise register the current file.
29257 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29258 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29260 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29261 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29262 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29263 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29264 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29265 first backend that could register the file is used.
29267 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29269 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29270 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29272 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29274 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29275 Display diffs between file revisions.
29276 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29277 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29278 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29280 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29281 saving the buffer.
29283 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29285 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29286 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29287 repository history using ediff.
29289 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29291 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29292 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29293 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29294 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29295 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29297 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29298 saving the buffer.
29300 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29302 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29303 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29304 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29305 fileset with the working revision.
29306 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29307 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29309 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29310 saving the buffer.
29312 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29314 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29315 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29316 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29318 \(fn)" nil nil)
29320 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29321 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29322 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29323 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29325 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29327 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29328 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29329 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29330 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29332 \(fn)" t nil)
29334 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29335 Perform a version control merge operation.
29336 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29337 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29338 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29339 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29341 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29342 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29343 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29344 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29345 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29346 changes from the current branch.
29348 \(fn)" t nil)
29350 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29352 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29353 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29354 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29355 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29356 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29357 checked out in that new branch.
29359 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29361 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29362 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29363 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29364 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29365 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29366 allowed and simply skipped).
29368 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29370 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29371 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29372 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29373 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29374 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29376 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29377 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29379 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29381 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29382 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29383 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29384 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29385 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29387 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29389 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29390 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29391 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29393 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29395 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29396 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29397 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29399 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29401 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29402 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29403 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29404 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29406 \(fn)" t nil)
29408 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29409 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29410 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29411 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29413 \(fn)" t nil)
29415 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29417 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29418 Update the current fileset or branch.
29419 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29420 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29421 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29422 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29424 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29425 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29426 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29427 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29428 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29432 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29434 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29435 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29436 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29437 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29438 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29439 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29440 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29442 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29444 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29445 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29446 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29447 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29448 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29449 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29450 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29451 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29452 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29454 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29456 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29457 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29458 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29459 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29461 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29463 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29464 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29465 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29466 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29468 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29470 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29471 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29472 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29473 directory.
29475 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29477 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29478 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29479 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29481 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29482 log entries should be gathered.
29484 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29486 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29487 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29489 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29491 ;;;***
29493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21584 48809
29494 ;;;;;; 507899 0))
29495 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29497 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29498 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29500 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29501 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29502 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29503 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29504 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29505 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29507 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29508 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29509 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29510 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29511 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29512 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29513 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29514 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29516 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29518 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29520 Customization variables:
29522 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29523 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29524 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29525 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29526 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29527 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29529 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29531 ;;;***
29533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29534 ;;;;;; 0))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29536 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29537 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29538 (progn
29539 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29540 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29542 ;;;***
29544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21584 48809 507899
29545 ;;;;;; 0))
29546 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29548 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29549 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29551 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29552 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29553 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29554 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29555 (progn
29556 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29557 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29559 ;;;***
29561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21584 48809 507899
29562 ;;;;;; 0))
29563 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29564 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29565 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29566 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29567 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29568 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29569 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29571 ;;;***
29573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21517 33344 974987
29574 ;;;;;; 0))
29575 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29577 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29578 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29579 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29580 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29581 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29583 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29584 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29585 The file lines appear later.
29587 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29588 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29590 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29592 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29594 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29596 ;;;***
29598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21575
29599 ;;;;;; 33829 811769 0))
29600 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29602 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29603 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29604 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29605 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29606 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29607 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29608 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29609 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29610 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29611 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29612 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29613 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29614 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29615 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29616 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29618 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29620 ;;;***
29622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21513 36261 278490
29623 ;;;;;; 0))
29624 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29625 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29626 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29627 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29628 (progn
29629 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29630 (vc-git-registered file))))
29632 ;;;***
29634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21396 14374 24888 0))
29635 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29636 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29637 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29638 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29639 (progn
29640 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29641 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29643 ;;;***
29645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29646 ;;;;;; 0))
29647 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29649 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29650 Name of the monotone directory.")
29652 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29653 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29654 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29655 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29656 (progn
29657 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29658 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29660 ;;;***
29662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21584 48809 507899
29663 ;;;;;; 0))
29664 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29666 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29667 Where to look for RCS master files.
29668 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29670 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29672 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29674 ;;;***
29676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29677 ;;;;;; 0))
29678 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29680 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29681 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29682 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29684 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29686 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29688 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29689 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29690 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29691 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29693 ;;;***
29695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21551 51499 554352
29696 ;;;;;; 0))
29697 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29698 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29699 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29700 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29701 "_svn")
29702 (t ".svn"))))
29703 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29704 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29705 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29707 ;;;***
29709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21546
29710 ;;;;;; 33576 601815 0))
29711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29712 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29713 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29715 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29716 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29718 Usage:
29719 ------
29721 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29722 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29723 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29724 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29726 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29727 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29728 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29729 completions.
29731 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29732 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29734 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29735 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29737 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29738 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29739 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29741 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29744 Maintenance:
29745 ------------
29747 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29748 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29750 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29752 Official distribution is at
29753 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29756 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29757 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29759 Key bindings:
29760 -------------
29762 \\{vera-mode-map}
29764 \(fn)" t nil)
29766 ;;;***
29768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29769 ;;;;;; (21555 48550 492098 0))
29770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29772 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29773 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29774 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29775 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29776 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29778 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29780 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29781 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29783 Supports highlighting.
29785 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29786 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29788 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29790 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29791 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29792 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29793 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29794 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29795 on the left side of your screen.
29796 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29797 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29798 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29799 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29800 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29801 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29802 function keyword.
29803 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29804 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29805 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29806 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29807 if (a)
29808 begin
29809 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29810 Indentation for case statements.
29811 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29812 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29813 mark after an end.
29814 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29815 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29816 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29817 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29818 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29819 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29820 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29821 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29822 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29823 if (a)
29824 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29825 otherwise you get:
29826 if (a)
29827 begin
29828 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29829 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29830 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29831 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29832 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29833 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29834 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29835 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29836 comments in tight quarters.
29837 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
29838 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29840 Variables controlling other actions:
29842 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29843 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29844 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29846 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29848 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29850 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29851 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29852 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29854 Some other functions are:
29856 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29857 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29858 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29859 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29860 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29862 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29863 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29864 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29865 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29867 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29868 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29869 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29870 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29871 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29872 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29873 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29874 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29875 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29876 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
29877 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
29878 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
29879 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29880 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29881 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29882 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29883 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29884 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29885 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29886 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29887 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29888 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29889 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29890 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29891 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29892 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29893 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29894 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29895 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29896 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29897 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29899 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29900 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29902 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29904 \(fn)" t nil)
29906 ;;;***
29908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21305
29909 ;;;;;; 16557 836987 0))
29910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29912 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
29913 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29915 Usage:
29916 ------
29918 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29919 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29920 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29921 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29922 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29923 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29924 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29925 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29926 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
29928 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29929 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29930 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29931 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29933 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29934 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29935 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29936 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29937 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29939 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29940 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29943 HEADER INSERTION:
29944 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29945 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29946 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29949 STUTTERING:
29950 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29951 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29952 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29953 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29955 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29956 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29957 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29958 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29959 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29962 WORD COMPLETION:
29963 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29964 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29965 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29966 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29968 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29969 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29970 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29971 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29972 beginning with \"std\").
29974 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29975 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29976 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29977 stop.
29980 COMMENTS:
29981 `--' puts a single comment.
29982 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29983 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29984 with a comment in between.
29985 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29986 out following lines.
29987 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29988 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
29989 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
29990 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
29992 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29993 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29994 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29995 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29996 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29997 non-nil.
29999 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30000 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30001 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30002 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30003 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30004 multi-line comments.
30007 INDENTATION:
30008 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30009 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30010 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30011 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30012 the entire region.
30014 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30015 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30016 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30017 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30019 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30020 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30021 and vice versa.
30023 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30024 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30026 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30027 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30028 line.
30031 ALIGNMENT:
30032 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30033 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30034 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30035 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30036 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30037 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30038 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30039 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30041 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30042 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30043 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30044 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30045 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30046 is non-nil.
30048 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30049 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30050 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30052 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30053 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30056 CODE FILLING:
30057 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30058 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30059 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30060 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30061 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30062 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30065 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30066 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30067 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30068 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30069 command:
30071 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30074 PORT TRANSLATION:
30075 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30076 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30077 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30078 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30079 internal signal initializations (menu).
30081 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30082 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30083 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30085 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30086 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30087 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30088 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30089 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30090 in subsequent paste operations.)
30092 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30093 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30094 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30097 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30098 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30099 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30100 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30101 association list with formals).
30104 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30105 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30106 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30107 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30108 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30109 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30110 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30111 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30112 `vhdl-testbench'.
30115 KEY BINDINGS:
30116 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30119 VHDL MENU:
30120 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30123 FILE BROWSER:
30124 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30125 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30126 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30128 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30129 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30132 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30133 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30134 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30135 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30137 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30138 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30139 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30141 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30142 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30143 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30144 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30146 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30147 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30148 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30149 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30150 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30152 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30153 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30154 required by secondary units.
30157 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30158 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30159 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30160 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30161 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30162 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30163 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30164 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30165 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30166 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30167 inputs to this component -> input port created
30168 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30169 outputs from this component -> output port created
30170 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30171 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30173 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30174 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30175 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30176 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30177 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30179 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30180 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30182 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30183 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30184 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30185 component instantiation is also supported (option
30186 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30188 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30189 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30190 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30191 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30192 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30193 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30194 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30195 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30196 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30197 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30198 generating the configuration.
30200 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30201 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30202 configurations in speedbar.
30204 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30207 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30208 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30209 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30210 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30211 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30212 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30213 information. New compilers can be added.
30215 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30216 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30219 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30220 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30221 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30222 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30223 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30225 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30226 command:
30228 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30229 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30230 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30232 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30233 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30234 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30235 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30236 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30237 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30238 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30239 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30240 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30242 Limitations:
30243 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30244 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30245 not (yet) supported.
30246 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30247 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30248 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30251 PROJECTS:
30252 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30253 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30254 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30255 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30256 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30257 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30258 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30259 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30261 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30262 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30263 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30264 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30265 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30266 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30267 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30268 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30269 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30270 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30271 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30274 SPECIAL MENUES:
30275 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30276 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30277 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30278 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30279 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30280 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30281 current directory for VHDL source files.
30284 VHDL STANDARDS:
30285 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30286 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30289 KEYWORD CASE:
30290 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30291 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30292 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30293 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30294 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30295 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30296 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30297 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30300 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30301 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30302 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30303 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30304 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30305 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30306 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30308 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30309 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30310 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30311 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30312 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30313 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30315 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30316 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30317 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30318 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30319 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30320 visually.
30322 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30323 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30324 highlighted if written in lower case.
30326 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30327 highlighted using a different background color if option
30328 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30330 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30331 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30332 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30333 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30334 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30337 USER MODELS:
30338 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30339 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30340 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30343 HIDE/SHOW:
30344 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30345 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30346 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30347 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30348 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30351 CODE UPDATING:
30352 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30353 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30354 Limitations:
30355 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30356 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30357 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30358 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30359 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30360 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30361 (used to obtain the port names).
30362 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30363 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30364 sensitivity lists.
30367 CODE FIXING:
30368 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30369 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30372 PRINTING:
30373 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30374 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30375 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30376 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30377 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30378 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30379 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30380 printers.
30383 OPTIONS:
30384 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30385 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30386 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30387 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30388 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30390 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30391 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30392 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30393 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30394 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30395 INSTALL file).
30397 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30398 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30401 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30402 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30403 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30404 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30406 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30409 HINTS:
30410 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30411 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30413 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30415 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30417 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30420 RELEASE NOTES:
30421 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30424 Maintenance:
30425 ------------
30427 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30428 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30430 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30432 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30433 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30434 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30435 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30437 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30438 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30439 where the latest version can be found.
30442 Known problems:
30443 ---------------
30445 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30446 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30447 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30448 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30451 The VHDL Mode Authors
30452 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30454 Key bindings:
30455 -------------
30457 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30459 \(fn)" t nil)
30461 ;;;***
30463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30464 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30465 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30467 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30468 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30470 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30472 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30473 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30474 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30475 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30477 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30479 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30480 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30482 \(fn)" t nil)
30484 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30485 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30486 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30487 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30491 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30492 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30494 \(fn)" t nil)
30496 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30499 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30501 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30504 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30506 ;;;***
30508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21452 59559 901066 0))
30509 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30511 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30512 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30513 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30515 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30517 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30518 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30519 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30520 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30522 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30524 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30525 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30527 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30529 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30530 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30531 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30532 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30533 moving around in the buffer.
30534 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30535 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30537 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30539 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30541 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30542 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30543 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30544 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30546 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30547 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30548 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30549 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30550 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30552 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30554 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30556 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30557 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30558 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30559 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30560 buffer.
30562 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30563 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30564 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30565 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30566 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30568 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30570 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30572 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30573 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30574 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30575 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30576 moving around in the buffer.
30577 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30578 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30580 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30582 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30583 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30584 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30586 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30587 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30588 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30589 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30591 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30592 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30593 own View-like bindings.
30595 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30597 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30598 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30599 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30600 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30601 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30602 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30603 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30605 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30607 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30609 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30610 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30611 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30613 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30614 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30615 own View-like bindings.
30617 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30619 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30620 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30621 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30622 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30623 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30624 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30625 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30627 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30629 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30631 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30632 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30633 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30635 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30636 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30637 own View-like bindings.
30639 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30641 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30642 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30643 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30644 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30645 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30647 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30648 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30649 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30650 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30652 \\<view-mode-map>
30654 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30655 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30656 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30657 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30658 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30659 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30660 to a repeat count of one.
30662 H, h, ? This message.
30663 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30664 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30665 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30666 > move to the end of buffer.
30667 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30668 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30669 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30670 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30671 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30672 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30673 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30674 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30675 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30676 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30677 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30678 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30679 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30680 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30681 Use this to view a changing file.
30682 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30683 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30684 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30685 . set the mark.
30686 x exchanges point and mark.
30687 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30688 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30689 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30690 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30691 ' go to position saved in character register.
30692 s do forward incremental search.
30693 r do reverse incremental search.
30694 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30695 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30696 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30697 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30698 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30699 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30700 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30701 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30702 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30703 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30704 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30705 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30706 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30707 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30708 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30709 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30710 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30712 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30713 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30714 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30715 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30716 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30717 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30718 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30719 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30720 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30722 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30726 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30727 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30728 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30729 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30730 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30731 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30732 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30733 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30734 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30736 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30738 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30740 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30741 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30742 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30743 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30744 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30745 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30747 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30748 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30749 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30751 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30753 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30755 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30757 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30758 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30760 \(fn)" t nil)
30762 ;;;***
30764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21586 4146 376146
30765 ;;;;;; 0))
30766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30767 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30769 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30770 Toggle Viper on/off.
30771 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30773 \(fn)" t nil)
30775 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30776 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30778 \(fn)" t nil)
30780 ;;;***
30782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
30783 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
30784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30786 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30787 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30788 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30789 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30790 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30791 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30792 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30793 the beginning of the warning.")
30795 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30796 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30797 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30798 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30799 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30800 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30801 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30802 also call that function before the next warning.")
30804 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30805 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30807 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
30808 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30809 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30810 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30812 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
30813 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30814 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30815 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30816 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30817 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30819 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30820 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30821 Default is :warning.
30823 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30824 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30825 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30826 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30827 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30828 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30830 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30831 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30832 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30834 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30836 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30837 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30839 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30841 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
30842 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30843 \\<special-mode-map>
30844 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30845 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30847 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30848 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30849 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30850 can be whatever you like.)
30852 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30853 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30855 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30856 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30857 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30858 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30859 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30861 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30863 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
30864 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30865 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30866 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30867 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30869 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30871 ;;;***
30873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30874 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30875 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
30877 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
30878 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
30879 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30880 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
30881 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
30882 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
30883 directories to reflect your edits.
30885 See `wdired-mode'.
30887 \(fn)" t nil)
30889 ;;;***
30891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
30892 ;;;;;; 0))
30893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30895 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
30896 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30898 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30899 hotlist.
30901 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30902 <nwv@acm.org>.
30904 \(fn)" t nil)
30906 ;;;***
30908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21511
30909 ;;;;;; 46035 786880 0))
30910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30911 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30912 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30914 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
30916 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30917 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30918 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30920 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30921 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30923 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
30925 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
30926 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
30927 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
30928 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30929 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30931 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
30932 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
30933 in certain major modes.
30935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30937 ;;;***
30939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21570 15914 957442
30940 ;;;;;; 0))
30941 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30942 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30944 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30945 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
30946 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
30947 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30948 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30950 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30951 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30955 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
30956 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
30957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
30958 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30959 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30961 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
30962 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
30963 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
30964 use `whitespace-mode'.
30966 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30970 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
30971 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
30972 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30974 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30975 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
30977 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
30979 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
30980 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
30981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
30982 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
30983 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
30985 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
30986 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
30988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30990 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
30991 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
30992 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30995 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
30997 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
30999 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31000 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31002 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31003 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31005 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31006 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31007 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31008 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31010 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31014 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31015 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31017 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31018 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31020 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31021 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31023 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31025 CHAR MEANING
31026 (VIA FACES)
31027 f toggle face visualization
31028 t toggle TAB visualization
31029 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31030 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31031 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31032 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31033 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31034 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31035 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31036 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31037 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31038 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31039 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31040 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31041 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31042 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31043 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31044 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31046 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31047 T toggle TAB visualization
31048 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31049 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31051 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31052 ? display brief help
31054 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31055 The valid symbols are:
31057 face toggle face visualization
31058 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31059 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31060 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31061 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31062 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31063 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31064 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31065 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31066 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31067 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31068 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31069 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31070 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31071 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31072 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31073 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31074 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31076 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31077 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31078 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31080 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31082 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31084 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31086 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31087 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31089 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31090 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31092 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31093 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31095 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31097 CHAR MEANING
31098 (VIA FACES)
31099 f toggle face visualization
31100 t toggle TAB visualization
31101 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31102 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31103 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31104 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31105 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31106 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31107 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31108 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31109 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31110 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31111 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31112 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31113 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31114 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31115 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31116 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31118 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31119 T toggle TAB visualization
31120 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31121 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31123 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31124 ? display brief help
31126 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31127 The valid symbols are:
31129 face toggle face visualization
31130 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31131 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31132 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31133 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31134 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31135 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31136 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31137 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31138 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31139 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31140 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31141 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31142 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31143 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31144 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31145 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31146 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31148 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31149 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31150 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31152 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31154 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31156 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31158 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31159 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31161 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31162 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31163 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31164 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31165 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31167 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31169 The problems cleaned up are:
31171 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31172 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31173 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31174 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31176 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31177 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31178 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31179 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31180 SPACEs.
31181 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31182 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31183 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31184 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31186 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31187 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31188 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31189 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31190 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31191 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31192 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31193 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31195 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31196 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31197 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31199 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31200 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31201 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31202 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31203 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31204 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31205 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31206 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31208 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31209 documentation.
31211 \(fn)" t nil)
31213 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31214 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31216 The problems cleaned up are:
31218 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31219 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31220 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31221 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31222 SPACEs.
31223 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31224 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31225 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31226 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31228 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31230 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31231 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31232 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31233 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31234 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31235 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31237 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31238 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31239 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31241 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31242 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31243 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31244 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31245 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31246 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31247 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31248 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31250 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31251 documentation.
31253 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31255 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31256 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31258 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31260 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31262 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31263 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31265 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31266 non-nil.
31268 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31269 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31270 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31272 empty
31273 trailing
31274 indentation
31275 space-before-tab
31276 space-after-tab
31278 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31279 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31280 report problems.
31282 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31284 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31285 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31286 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31287 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31288 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31289 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31290 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31292 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31293 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31294 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31295 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31296 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31297 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31298 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31300 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31301 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31302 cleaning up these problems.
31304 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31306 ;;;***
31308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31309 ;;;;;; 0))
31310 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31312 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31313 Browse the widget under point.
31315 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31317 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31318 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31320 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31322 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31323 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31325 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31327 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31328 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31330 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31331 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31335 ;;;***
31337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21414 44327 790846
31338 ;;;;;; 0))
31339 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31341 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31342 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31344 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31346 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31347 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31348 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31350 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31352 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31353 Create widget of TYPE.
31354 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31356 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31358 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31359 Delete WIDGET.
31361 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31363 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31364 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31366 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31368 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31369 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31370 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31371 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31373 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31374 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31376 \(fn)" nil nil)
31378 ;;;***
31380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31381 ;;;;;; 0))
31382 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31384 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31385 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31386 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31387 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31388 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31389 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31390 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31394 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31395 Select the window above the current one.
31396 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31397 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31398 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31399 negative ARG) of the current window.
31400 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31404 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31405 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31406 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31407 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31408 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31409 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31410 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31414 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31415 Select the window below the current one.
31416 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31417 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31418 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31419 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31420 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31424 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31425 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31426 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31427 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31429 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31431 ;;;***
31433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21549 9768 351453 0))
31434 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31436 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31437 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31438 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31440 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31441 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31443 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31445 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31446 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31447 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31448 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31449 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31450 \\{winner-mode-map}
31452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31454 ;;;***
31456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21393 38187 675040 0))
31457 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31458 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31460 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31461 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31462 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31463 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31464 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31466 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31468 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31469 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31470 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31471 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31472 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31473 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31474 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31475 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31477 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31478 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31480 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31482 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31483 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31485 \(fn)" t nil)
31487 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31488 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31489 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31490 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31491 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31492 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31493 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31494 `woman' command for further details.
31496 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31498 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31499 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31501 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31503 ;;;***
31505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31506 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31508 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31509 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31510 Return the top node with all its children.
31511 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31513 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31514 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31515 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31517 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31519 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31520 namespace to URIs instead.
31522 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31523 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31525 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31527 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31529 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31531 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31532 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31533 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31534 not contain well-formed XML.
31536 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31537 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31538 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31539 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31540 element of the list.
31541 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31542 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31543 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31545 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31547 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31548 namespace to URIs instead.
31550 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31551 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31553 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31555 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31557 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31559 ;;;***
31561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 43559 923043
31562 ;;;;;; 0))
31563 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31565 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31566 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31567 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31568 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31569 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31570 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31571 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31572 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31573 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31574 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31576 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31578 ;;;***
31580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21575 33829 811769
31581 ;;;;;; 0))
31582 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31584 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31585 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31586 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31588 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31589 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31591 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31593 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31594 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31595 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31596 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31597 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31599 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31600 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31601 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31602 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31603 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31604 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31608 ;;;***
31610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31613 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31614 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31616 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31618 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31619 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31621 \(fn)" nil nil)
31623 ;;;***
31625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31626 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31628 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31629 Zone out, completely.
31631 \(fn)" t nil)
31633 ;;;***
31635 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31636 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31637 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31638 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31639 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31640 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31641 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31642 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31643 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31644 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31645 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31646 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31647 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31648 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31649 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31650 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31651 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31652 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31653 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31654 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31655 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31656 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31657 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31658 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31659 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31660 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31661 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31662 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31663 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31664 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31665 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31666 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31667 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31668 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31669 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31670 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31671 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31672 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31673 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31674 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31675 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31676 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31677 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31678 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31679 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31680 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31681 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31682 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31683 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31684 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31685 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31686 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31687 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31688 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31689 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31690 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31691 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31692 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31693 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31694 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31695 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31696 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31697 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31698 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31699 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31700 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31701 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31702 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31703 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31704 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31705 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31706 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31707 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31708 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31709 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
31710 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
31711 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
31712 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31713 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
31714 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
31715 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31716 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31717 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31718 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
31719 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
31720 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
31721 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
31722 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
31723 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31724 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31725 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31726 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
31727 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
31728 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31729 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
31730 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
31731 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
31732 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
31733 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
31734 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31735 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31736 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
31737 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
31738 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31739 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
31740 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
31741 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
31742 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
31743 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
31744 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
31745 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
31746 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31747 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
31748 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
31749 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
31750 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31751 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
31752 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
31753 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
31754 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
31755 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
31756 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
31757 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
31758 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
31759 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
31760 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
31761 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
31762 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
31763 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
31764 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
31765 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
31766 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
31767 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
31768 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
31769 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
31770 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
31771 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
31772 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
31773 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
31774 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
31775 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
31776 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
31777 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
31778 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
31779 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
31780 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
31781 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
31782 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
31783 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
31784 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
31785 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
31786 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
31787 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
31788 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
31789 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
31790 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
31791 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
31792 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
31793 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
31794 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
31795 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
31796 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
31797 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
31798 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
31799 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
31800 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
31801 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
31802 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
31803 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
31804 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
31805 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
31806 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
31807 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
31808 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
31809 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
31810 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
31811 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
31812 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
31813 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
31814 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
31815 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
31816 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
31817 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
31818 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
31819 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
31820 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
31821 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
31822 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
31823 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
31824 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
31825 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
31826 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31827 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31828 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31829 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
31830 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31831 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
31832 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
31833 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31834 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
31835 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31836 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
31837 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
31838 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
31839 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
31840 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21588 45918 816738 407000))
31842 ;;;***
31844 (provide 'loaddefs)
31845 ;; Local Variables:
31846 ;; version-control: never
31847 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31848 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31849 ;; coding: utf-8
31850 ;; End:
31851 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here